教说根本的阐明巴利
Sāsanapaṭṭhānavibhāvanā
89 老师用“其中,什么是理趣的起源?”等语句,把一切理趣的起源都安立好了,我们也已经了解。因为需要说明“在十六种摄、五种理趣、十八个根本句当中,十八个根本句是怎样被分别的?我们又该从哪里去看它们?”所以才说了“其中,十八个根本句该从哪里看?”等话。这里“其中”的意思是:在那些十六种摄、五种理趣、十八个根本句当中,老师是用哪个语句来分别十八个根本句的?我们又该在哪里详细地看到它们?这是在提问。回答是:十八个根本句是我在“教说根本”中分别的,你们也该在“教说根本”中详细地看到。因为只有已经被分别出来的十八个根本句,才能被看到。不过在注释书(《导论》注89)中——巴利
89. ‘‘Tattha katamaṃ nayasamuṭṭhāna’’ntiādinā ācariyena sabbathā nayasamuṭṭhānaṃ ṭhapitaṃ, amhehi ca ñātaṃ, ‘‘soḷasahārapañcanayaaṭṭhārasamūlapadesu aṭṭhārasa mūlapadā kathaṃ vibhattā, kuhiṃ amhehi daṭṭhabbā’’ti vattabbabhāvato ‘‘tattha aṭṭhārasa mūlapadā kuhiṃ daṭṭhabbā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tatthāti tesu soḷasahārapañcanayaaṭṭhārasamūlapadesu aṭṭhārasa mūlapadā kena padena ācariyena vibhattā, kuhiṃ amhehi vitthārato daṭṭhabbāti pucchati. Aṭṭhārasa mūlapadā sāsanapaṭṭhāne mayā vibhattā, tumhehi ca vitthārato sāsanapaṭṭhāne daṭṭhabbāti vissajjeti. Vibhattāyeva hi aṭṭhārasa mūlapadā daṭṭhabbā bhavanti. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (netti. aṭṭha. 89) pana –
像这样,用一切方式把理趣的起源分别讲完之后,现在要分别教说根本。因为在摄句等当中,只是把“根本”收在根本句里,并没有按它自身的样貌显示出来。所以,为了说明“正如应当从根本句里确定根本,同样也应当从根本里确定根本句”,就说:“十八根本句应当在哪里见到?在教说根本里。”巴利
‘‘Evaṃ sabbathā nayasamuṭṭhānaṃ vibhajitvā idāni sāsanapaṭṭhānaṃ vibhajanto yasmā saṅgahavārādīsu mūlapadeheva paṭṭhānaṃ saṅgahetvā sarūpato na dassitaṃ, tasmā yathā mūlapadehi paṭṭhānaṃ niddhāretabbaṃ, evaṃ paṭṭhānatopi mūlapadāni niddhāretabbānīti dassanatthaṃ ‘aṭṭhārasa mūlapadā kuhiṃ daṭṭhabbā? Sāsanapaṭṭhāne’ti āhā’’ti –
已说。在“教说根本”中,应当见到十八个根本句,这是阿阇梨所说的。因为有人会问“那个教说根本是什么”,所以就说“其中,什么是教说根本”等等。“其中”是指在那些十八根本句和教说根本当中,现在由我择定、世尊所教导的顺杂染分等经,就叫作教说根本,这样来回答。“教说”是指教法圣典。“根本”是指这教法圣典以顺杂染分等方式安立、生起,就是根本;而阐明这一点的经,在这里就称为根本。因此说“顺杂染分经”等等。或者,“教说”是指增上戒、增上心、增上慧这三学,名为教说;这三学依此杂染等而安立,所以是根本;是三学教说的根本,因此叫教说根本。作为它依处的经,也依照“依处所”的借代用法,称为教说根本。为了显示这部教说根本经的本身面貌——巴利
Vuttaṃ. Sāsanapaṭṭhāne aṭṭhārasa mūlapadā daṭṭhabbāti ācariyena vuttā, ‘‘katamaṃ taṃ sāsanapaṭṭhāna’’nti pucchitabbattā ‘‘tattha katamaṃ sāsanapaṭṭhāna’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tatthāti tesu aṭṭhārasamūlapadasāsanapaṭṭhānesu katamaṃ taṃ sāsanapaṭṭhānanti idāni mayā niddhāriyamānaṃ bhagavatā desitaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyādisuttaṃ sāsanapaṭṭhānaṃ nāmāti vissajjeti. Sāsananti pariyattisāsanaṃ. Paṭṭhānanti tassa pariyattisāsanassa saṃkilesabhāgiyatādīhi pakārehi ṭhānaṃ pavattanaṃ paṭṭhānaṃ, taṃdīpanasuttaṃ pana idha paṭṭhānaṃ nāma. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ sutta’’ntiādi. Atha vā sāsananti adhisīlaadhicittaadhipaññāsikkhattayaṃ sāsanaṃ nāma, taṃ sikkhattayaṃ patiṭṭhahati etena saṃkilesādināti paṭṭhānaṃ, sikkhattayassa sāsanassa paṭṭhānanti sāsanapaṭṭhānaṃ. Tadādhārabhūtaṃ suttampi ṭhānyūpacārato sāsanapaṭṭhānaṃ nāma. Taṃ sāsanapaṭṭhānasuttaṃ sarūpato dassetuṃ –
属于杂染分的经、属于习气分的经、属于通达分的经、属于无学分的经,既属于杂染分又属于习气分的经,既属于杂染分又属于通达分的经,既属于杂染分又属于无学分的经,既属于杂染分又属于通达分又属于无学分的经,既属于杂染分又属于习气分又属于通达分的经,既属于习气分又属于通达分的经,渴爱杂染分的经、见杂染分的经、恶行杂染分的经,渴爱清净分的经、见清净分的经、恶行清净分的经。巴利
‘‘Saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ, vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ, nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ, asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ, saṃkilesabhāgiyañca vāsanābhāgiyañca suttaṃ, saṃkilesabhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ, saṃkilesabhāgiyañca asekkhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ, saṃkilesabhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca asekkhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ, saṃkilesabhāgiyañca vāsanābhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ, vāsanābhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ, taṇhāsaṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ, diṭṭhisaṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ, duccaritasaṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ, taṇhāvodānabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ, diṭṭhivodānabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ, duccaritavodānabhāgiyaṃ sutta’’nti –
已说。若有人问:“在那些经里,世尊所说的杂染等法,这些杂染有多少种?”由于应当这样问,所以说:“其中杂染有三种:渴爱杂染、见杂染、恶行杂染。”这里的“其中”,指那些经中的杂染等法。若有人问:“在这三种杂染当中,渴爱杂染靠哪种善法得到净化?”由于应当这样问,所以说:“其中,渴爱杂染靠止得到净化。”这里的“其中”,指那三种杂染等。若有人问:“那个止在诸蕴中属于哪个蕴?”由于应当这样问,所以说:“那个止是定蕴。”若有人问:“见杂染靠什么得到净化?”由于应当这样问,所以说:“见杂染靠观得到净化。”若有人问:“那个观是哪个蕴?”由于应当这样说,所以说:“那个观是慧蕴。”若有人问:“恶行杂染靠什么得到净化?”由于应当这样说,所以说:“恶行杂染靠善行得到净化。”若有人问:“那个善行是哪个蕴?”由于应当这样说,所以说:“那个善行是戒蕴。”若有人问:“对于安住在那个戒上的人,会有什么?”由于应当这样说,所以说:“对于他,安住在戒上……”等等。所谓“安住在戒上”,就是名为善行的戒蕴。当那位有戒的人安住在戒上时,如果对诸有——欲有、色有、无色有——生起贪着和有愿求,那么“evaṃsāya”应拆为“evaṃ assa aya”。这样一来,对于这位安住在戒上的人,这种贪着和有愿求就成为止与观的修习所成的福行事;而“ca”这个词,也把布施所成和持戒所成的福行事包含在内。这里的“其中”,是指那些欲有、色有、无色有,能导致投生到那里。巴利
Vuttaṃ. ‘‘Tesu suttesu ye saṃkilesādayo bhagavatā vuttā, tesu saṃkilesādīsu saṃkileso kittako’’ti pucchitabbattā ‘‘tattha saṃkileso tividho taṇhāsaṃkileso diṭṭhisaṃkileso duccaritasaṃkileso’’ti vuttaṃ. Tatthāti tesu suttantesu saṃkilesādīsu dhammesu. ‘‘Tividhe tasmiṃ saṃkilese taṇhāsaṃkileso katamena kusalena visujjhatī’’ti pucchitabbattā ‘‘tattha taṇhāsaṃkileso samathena visujjhatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Tatthāti tasmiṃ tividhe taṇhāsaṃkilesādike. ‘‘So samatho khandhesu katamo khandho’’ti pucchitabbattā ‘‘so samatho samādhikkhandho’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Diṭṭhisaṃkileso kena visujjhatī’’ti pucchitabbattā ‘‘diṭṭhisaṃkileso vipassanāya visujjhatī’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Sā vipassanā katamo khandho’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘sā vipassanā paññākkhandho’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Duccaritasaṃkileso kena visujjhatī’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘duccaritasaṃkileso sucaritena visujjhatī’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Taṃ sucaritaṃ katamo khandho’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘taṃ sucaritaṃ sīlakkhandho’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Tasmiṃ sīle ṭhitassa puggalassa kiṃ bhavatī’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘tassa sīle patiṭṭhitassā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Sīle sucaritasaṅkhāte sīlakkhandhe patiṭṭhitassa tassa sīlavantassa puggalassa bhavesu kāmabhavarūpārūpabhavesu āsatti bhavapatthanā yadi uppajjati, evaṃsāyanti evaṃ assa ayanti padacchedo. Evaṃ sati assa sīle patiṭṭhitassa ayaṃ āsatti bhavapatthanā samathavipassanābhāvanāmayapuññakiriyavatthu ca bhavati, ca-saddena dānamayasīlamayapuññakiriyavatthu ca bhavatīti attho saṅgahito. Tatrāti tesu kāmabhavarūpārūpabhavesu upapattiyā saṃvattatīti.
有人问:那些显示杂染分等法的经,到底是哪几部?所以就说“这四部经”等等。不共的经有四部:顺杂染分经、顺净治分经、顺通达分经、顺无学分经。共的经则是把顺杂染分与顺净治分经、顺杂染分与顺通达分经、顺杂染分与顺无学分经、顺净治分与顺通达分经这样搭配组合,成为四部。这样一共就是八部经。也就是所说的这八部经。共的还有:顺净治分与顺无学分经、顺通达分与顺无学分经、顺杂染分与顺净治分与顺通达分经、顺杂染分与顺净治分与顺无学分经、顺杂染分与顺通达分与顺无学分经、顺净治分与顺通达分与顺无学分经、顺杂染分与顺净治分与顺通达分与顺无学分经、非顺杂染分非顺净治分非顺通达分非顺无学分经,这样搭配组合,成为八部经,于是总共就是十六部经。在这十六部经当中,有四部单经、四部双经、两部三经出现在巴利圣典里;有两部双经、两部三经、两部四经出现在注释书(《导论》注 89)里。巴利
‘‘Saṃkilesādayo yehi suttehi dassitā, tāni suttāni kittakānī’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘imāni cattāri suttānī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Asādhāraṇāni saṃkilesabhāgiyasuttavāsanābhāgiyasuttanibbedhabhāgiyasuttaasekkhabhāgiyasuttāni cattāri suttāni bhavanti, sādhāraṇāni saṃkilesabhāgiyavāsanābhāgiyasutta, saṃkilesabhāgiyanibbedhabhāgiyasutta, saṃkilesabhāgiyaasekkhabhāgiyasutta, vāsanābhāgiyanibbedhabhāgiyasuttāni katāni missitāni cattāri bhavanti. Iti aṭṭha suttāni bhavanti. Tāniyeva vuttappakārāni aṭṭha suttāni bhavanti. Sādhāraṇāni vāsanābhāgiyaasekkhabhāgiyasuttanibbedhabhāgiyaasekkhabhāgiyasutta- saṃkilesabhāgiyavāsanābhāgiyanibbedhabhāgiyasuttasaṃkilesa- bhāgiyavāsanābhāgiyaasekkhabhāgiyasutta- saṃkilesabhāgiyanibbedhabhāgiyaasekkhabhāgiyasutta- vāsanābhāgiyanibbedhabhāgiyaasekkhabhāgiyasutta- saṃkilesabhāgiyavāsanābhāgiyanibbedhabhāgiyaasekkhabhāgiyasutta- nevasaṃkilesabhāgiyanavāsanā- bhāgiyananibbedhabhāgiyanaasekkhabhāgiyasuttāni katāni missitāni aṭṭha suttāni bhavantīti soḷasa suttāni bhavanti. Tesu soḷasasuttesu cattāri ekakāni suttāni ca cattāri dukāni suttāni ca dve tikāni ca pāḷiyaṃ āgatāni, dve dukāni suttāni ca dve tikāni ca dve catukkāni suttāni ca aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (netti. aṭṭha. 89) āgatāni.
如果有人这样问:如果按照发趣论的理趣来说,被解说的只是那十六部经,那么这样一来,包含经、应颂等九分教的一切教法,就都没有按照发趣论的理趣被解说了。为了回应这种说法,所以说了“以这十六部经”等等。通过这十六部按照发趣论理趣解说的经,九分教的一切经典也就都按照发趣论的理趣被解说、被区分开来。按照杂染分等分类的偈颂,应当用偈颂来比量;按照杂染分等分类的记说,应当用记说来比量;按照杂染分等分类的经,应当用经来比量,这是必然的。巴利
‘‘Yadi paṭṭhānanayena vuttappakārāni soḷasa suttāniyeva vibhattāni, evaṃ sati suttageyyādinavavidhaṃ sakalaṃ pariyattisāsanaṃ paṭṭhānanayena avibhattaṃ bhaveyyā’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘imehi soḷasahi suttehī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Paṭṭhānanayena vibhattehi soḷasahi imehi suttehi navavidhaṃ sakalaṃ pariyattisuttaṃ paṭṭhānanayena vibhattaṃyeva hutvā bhinnaṃ bhavati. Saṃkilesabhāgiyādipabhedāya gāthāya gāthā anuminitabbā, saṃkilesabhāgiyādipabhedena veyyākaraṇena veyyākaraṇaṃ anuminitabbaṃ. Saṃkilesabhāgiyādipabhedena suttena suttaṃ anuminitabbaṃ bhavatiyevāti.
90 因为要问“在这十六部属于杂染分等的经中,哪一部是杂染分经”,所以接着说了“其中,哪一部是杂染分经”等话。这里的“其中”,就是在问:在这十六部属于杂染分等的经中,哪一部经叫作杂染分经?巴利
90. ‘‘Tesu soḷasasu saṃkilesabhāgiyādīsu suttesu katamaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ sutta’’nti pucchitabbattā ‘‘tattha katamaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ sutta’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tatthāti tesu soḷasasu saṃkilesabhāgiyādīsu suttesu katamaṃ suttaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ nāmāti pucchati.
被欲望蒙住了眼,被贪爱的网罩住,被渴爱的覆盖物遮得严严实实;
被放逸的束缚绑住,就像鱼钻进了渔网的口里;
老死一路跟着他们,就像还在吃奶的小牛犊跟着母牛一样。巴利
‘‘Kāmandhā jālasañchannā, taṇhāchadanachāditā; Pamattabandhanābaddhā, macchāva kumināmukhe; Jarāmaraṇamanventi, vaccho khīrapakova mātara’’nti. –
这部经因为是在杂染分的部分,以宣说者和令知者的方式生起的,所以名叫杂染分经。那些被欲所盲、因欲而瞎、被网覆盖、被渴爱之盖遮蔽的众生,被放逸之缚所缚、应当被系缚,老死跟随着这些众生。就像在鱼笼口被捉住的鱼,老死跟随着那些鱼;同样地,老死跟随着那些众生。应当这样连接:就像饮乳的牛犊跟随着母牛,同样地,老死跟随着那些众生。或者应当这样连接:就像饮乳的牛犊跟随着母牛,又像在鱼笼口被捉住的鱼走向老死,同样地,那些被欲所盲、被放逸之缚所缚、应当被系缚的众生,走向老死。巴利
Idaṃ suttaṃ saṃkilesabhāge vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ nāma. Ye sattā kāmandhā kāmena andhā jālasañchannā taṇhāchadanena chāditā, pamattabandhanāya baddhā bandhitabbā, te satte jarāmaraṇaṃ anveti, yathā taṃ kumināmukhe ye macchā gahitā, te macche jarāmaraṇaṃ anveti iva, evaṃ te satte jarāmaraṇaṃ anveti. Khīrapako vaccho mātaraṃ anveti iva, evaṃ te satte jarāmaraṇaṃ anvetīti yojanā kātabbā. Atha vā khīrapako vaccho mātaraṃ anveti iva, kumināmukhe gahitā macchā jarāmaraṇaṃ anventi iva ca, evaṃ ye sattā kāmandhā pamattabandhanāya bandhitabbā, te sattā jarāmaraṇaṃ anventīti yojanā.
难道说“这就是经本身”吗?所以——巴利
‘‘Idaṃ suttaṃyevā’’ti vattabbattā –
比丘们,有这四种不该走的路。哪四种?因为贪欲而走错路,因为嗔恨而走错路,因为愚痴而走错路,因为恐惧而走错路。比丘们,这就是四种不该走的路。世尊说了这些话,善逝说完之后,导师又接着说了这些话——巴利
‘‘Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, agatigamanāni. Katamāni cattāri? Chandāgatiṃ gacchati, dosāgatiṃ gacchati, mohāgatiṃ gacchati, bhayāgatiṃ gacchati, imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri agatigamanāni. Idamavoca bhagavā, idaṃ vatvāna sugato, athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā –
凡因欲、因嗔、因怖畏、因痴而违越正法者,
他的名声就会衰退,就像黑分月的月天子一样。巴利
‘‘Chandā dosā bhayā mohā, yo dhammaṃ ativattati; Nihīyati tassa yaso, kāḷapakkheva candimā’’ti. –
这是属于杂染分的经。巴利
Idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttanti –
已说。由于欲,以欲为因;由于嗔,以嗔为因;由于怖,以怖为因;由于痴,以痴为因,无论是国王等人,还是持律者等人,违越善士之法、越过而行,那么这位国王等人或这位持律者等人的名声、称誉、随从和财富就会衰灭。就像黑分月的月亮因光明衰减而衰灭,同样地衰灭,应这样连接理解。巴利
Vuttaṃ. Chandā chandahetunā dosā dosahetunā bhayā bhayahetunā mohā mohahetunā yo rājādiko yo vinayadharādiko vā dhammaṃ sappurisadhammaṃ ativattati atikkamitvā vattati, tassa rājādino vā tassa vinayadharādino vā yaso kitti ca parivāro ca bhogo ca nihīyati. Candimā kāḷapakkhe pabhāya nihīyati iva, evaṃ nihīyatīti yojanā.
难道就只有这么一点吗?因为要这么说,所以这里说“心为诸法之前导……就像车轮跟随拉车牛的脚,这是属于杂染分的经”。含义很清楚,注释书里也已经分别解释了。巴利
‘‘Ettakaṃyevā’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘manopubbaṅgamā dhammā…pe… cakkaṃva vahato padanti idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ sutta’’nti vuttaṃ. Attho pākaṭo. Aṭṭhakathāyampi vibhatto.
当一个人变得昏沉、吃得太多、总是睡觉、躺着翻来覆去;
犹如被饲料喂肥的大猪,愚者一再入于母胎。巴利
‘‘Middhī yadā hoti mahagghaso ca, niddāyitā samparivattasāyī; Mahāvarāhova nivāpapuṭṭho, punappunaṃ gabbhamupeti mando’’ti. –
这部经也是在杂染的范围内,以能说、能显的方式生起,所以叫杂染分经。就像被饲料喂养的大猪、村里的猪,爱睡觉,有贪睡的习性,翻来覆去地躺着;同样,一个愚钝的众生一旦大吃大喝,就会变得昏沉,被昏沉睡眠压倒,爱睡觉,躺在柔软的床铺上,被柔软的手抚摸,翻来覆去地躺着,于是一次又一次地入胎。应当这样连接理解。巴利
Idaṃ suttampi saṃkilesabhāge visaye vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ nāma. Nivāpapuṭṭho mahāvarāho gāmasūkaro niddāyitā supanasīlo samparivattasāyī hoti iva, evaṃ yo mando satto yadā mahagghaso hoti, so mando satto middhī thinamiddhābhibhūto hutvā niddāyitā muduphassasayane muduhatthehi parāmasito samparivattasāyī punappunaṃ gabbhaṃ upetīti yojanā.
铁里生出来的锈,从铁本身生起,却把铁自己吃掉;
那些过度贪受信众供养的人,自己所造的业会把他们拖进恶趣。巴利
‘‘Ayasāva malaṃ samuṭṭhitaṃ, tatuṭṭhāya tameva khādati; Evaṃ atidhonacārinaṃ, sāni kammāni nayanti duggati’’nti. –
这部经也叫作“杂染分经”。就像铁生出的锈是从铁本身产生的,生出来之后又反过来吃掉那块铁;同样,那些过度讲究清净、越出真正清净修行人本分的人,他们自己造下的不善业,会把他们带到恶趣去。应该这样连接理解。巴利
Idaṃ suttampi saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ nāma. Ayasā ayato samuṭṭhitaṃ jātamalaṃ tatuṭṭhāya tato ayato uṭṭhahitvā tameva ayaṃ khādati iva, evaṃ atidhonacārinaṃ atikkamitvā dhonacāripuggalaṃ sāni sayaṃ katāni akusalakammāni duggatiṃ nayantīti yojanā.
犹如盗贼在破门处被擒,因自己的业而被杀、被缚;
如是,此众生死后,于他世,亦被自己的业所杀、所缚。”巴利
‘‘Coro yathā sandhimukhe gahīto, sakammunā haññati bajjhate ca; Evaṃ ayaṃ pecca pajā parattha, sakammunā haññati bajjhate cā’’ti. –
这部经也叫“杂染分经”。它的意思是:就像在破壁口被官差抓住的盗贼,因为自己造下的偷盗之业而被杀、被绑;同样,这些造恶的众生,死后到了他世,也因为自己造下的不善业而被刀剑等杀害,被镣铐等捆绑。巴利
Idaṃ suttampi saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ nāma. Sandhimukhe rājapurisādīhi gahito coro sakammunā attanā katena corakammena haññati ca bajjhate ca yathā, evaṃ ayaṃ pāpakārinī pajā parattha paraloke pecca sakammunā sayaṃ katena akusalakammunā satthādīhi haññati ca addubandhanādīhi bajjhate cāti yojanā.
那些渴望快乐的有情,如果有人用棍棒去伤害他们,
自己寻求快乐,死后却得不到快乐。巴利
‘‘Sukhakāmāni bhūtāni, yo daṇḍena vihiṃsati; Attano sukhamesāno, pecca so na labhate sukha’’nti. –
这部经也叫作“杂染分经”。它的意思是:如果有众生为了自己追求快乐,却用棍棒伤害其他同样想要快乐的众生,那么这个伤害众生的众生死后,在来世得不到快乐。巴利
Idaṃ suttampi saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ nāma. Attano sukhaṃ esāno esamāno yo satto aññāni sukhakāmāni bhūtāni daṇḍena vihiṃsati, so hiṃsako satto paraloke pecca sukhaṃ na labhatīti yojanā.
如果牛群正在渡河,领头牛走歪了,
所有那些牛都会走歪,只要领头的牛走歪了。
同样地,在人群中,如果有人被大家公认为最上等的人;
如果他自己都行非法,那其他人就更不用说了。
如果国王不依法而行,整个国家都会陷入痛苦。巴利
‘‘Gunnaṃ ce taramānānaṃ, jimhaṃ gacchati puṅgavo; Sabbā tā jimhaṃ gacchanti, nette jimhaṃ gate sati. ‘‘Evameva manussesu, yo hoti seṭṭhasammato; So ce adhammaṃ carati, pageva itarā pajā; Sabbaṃ raṭṭhaṃ dukkhaṃ seti, rājā ce hoti adhammiko’’ti. –
这部经也叫“杂染分经”。就像牛群渡河的时候,如果领头的公牛走歪了,后面的母牛全都跟着走歪;同样,在人群当中,那位被大家公认为最尊贵的国王如果行非法,国王行非法的时候,其余的人就更不用说了,从一开始就行非法。国王如果是非法之人,那么整个国家就会陷入痛苦。巴利
Idaṃ suttampi saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ nāma. Nadiṃ taramānānaṃ gunnaṃ puṅgavo jimhaṃ ce gacchati, evaṃ nette jimhaṃ gate sati sabbā tā gāviyo jimhaṃ gacchanti yathā, evameva manussesu yo rājā seṭṭhasammato, so rājā adhammaṃ carati, evaṃ raññe adhammaṃ carante sati itarā pajā pageva paṭhamameva adhammaṃ carati. Rājā adhammiko ce hoti, evaṃ raññe adhammike sati sabbaṃ raṭṭhaṃ dukkhaṃ setīti yojanā.
这些人看起来真可怜,他们贪恋执著于各种生存依处,造作恶业。
他们将堕入众多众生共住的无间地狱,那里惨烈而恐怖。巴利
‘‘Sukiccharūpā vatime manussā, karonti pāpaṃ upadhīsu rattā; Gacchanti te bahujanasannivāsaṃ, nirayaṃ avīciṃ kaṭukaṃ bhayānaka’’nti. –
这部经也叫“杂染分经”。意思是:有些人贪著于生存依处,也就是贪著于五欲的依处,被贪欲战胜后去造恶业、不善业;这些造恶业的人真是可怜,确实陷入了极大的困境。这些造恶业的人,会堕入剧烈恐怖、众多众生共住的无间地狱。巴利
Idaṃ suttampi saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ nāma. Ye manussā upadhīsu kāmaguṇūpadhīsu rattā rāgābhibhūtā hutvā pāpaṃ akusalakammaṃ karonti, ime pāpakammakarā manussā sukiccharūpā vata suṭṭhu kicchāpannarūpā vata bhavanti, te pāpakammakarā manussā kaṭukaṃ bhayānakaṃ bahujanasannivāsaṃ nirayaṃ avīciṃ gacchantīti yojanā.
果实确实会毁掉芭蕉树,果实会毁掉竹子,果实会毁掉芦苇;
恭敬确能毁坏恶人,犹如胎儿毁坏母骡。”巴利
‘‘Phalaṃ ve kadaliṃ hanti, phalaṃ veḷuṃ phalaṃ naḷaṃ; Sakkāro kāpurisaṃ hanti, gabbho assatariṃ yathā’’ti. –
这部经也叫“杂染分经”。经文的意思要这样连起来理解:就像果实一定会毁掉芭蕉树,就像果实一定会毁掉竹子,就像果实一定会毁掉芦苇,就像胎儿一定会毁掉母骡一样,同样,恭敬一定会毁掉恶人。巴利
Idaṃ suttampi saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ nāma. Phalaṃ kadaliyā phalaṃ kadaliṃ ve ekantena hanti yathā, phalaṃ veḷuṃ ve ekantena hanti yathā, phalaṃ naḷaṃ ve ekantena hanti yathā, gabbho assatariṃ mātaraṃ ve ekantena hanti yathā, evaṃ sakkāro kāpurisaṃ ve ekantena hantīti yojanā.
比丘若看重忿怒与覆藏,贪求利养与恭敬;
就像把腐烂的种子播在良田里,它在正法中无法生长。巴利
‘‘Kodhamakkhagaru bhikkhu, lābhasakkāragāravo; Sukhette pūtibījaṃva, saddhamme na virūhatī’’ti. –
这部经也叫“杂染分经”。就像把腐烂的种子播在良田、好田里也不会发芽一样,如果一位比丘把利养和名声看得很重,又把具有愤怒特征的忿怒、具有覆藏他人功德特征的覆藏看得重要而去行事,那么这样行事的比丘,在正法中就无法生长。巴利
Idaṃ suttampi saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ nāma. Sukhette sundare khettepi khittaṃ pūtibījaṃ na ruhati iva, evaṃ yo bhikkhu lābhasakkāragāravo kodhaṃ kujjhanalakkhaṇaṃ kodhaṃ, makkhaṃ paraguṇasīlamakkhanalakkhaṇaṃ makkhañca garuṃ katvā carati, so caranto bhikkhu saddhammasmiṃ na ruhatīti yojanā.
91 比丘们,在这里,我以自己的心去遍知某个人的心,知道他的心是坏的……中间省略……这是我听说的。这部经就叫“杂染分经”。比丘们,在这个教法里,或者在世间,我以自己的心去遍知某个人的心,以佛眼去分别、判定他的心,这样了知:这个人的心是坏的。如果有人问:“你是怎么知道的?”我就说:这个人所走的道、所登上的路,是以怎样的恶道、怎样的邪路在行走、在活动。如果这个人在这个时候,在这样的恶道、邪路、恶行中死去,那么就像把东西拿来放在那里一样,他就被放在地狱里了。为什么呢?比丘们,因为这个人的心是坏的、被染污的,所以就被放在那里了。就这样,在这个教法里,或者在世间,我了知有些众生、有些人因为心被染污,身体坏散、死后投生到苦界、恶趣、堕处。世尊说了这个意思。在那部经里,有这样的偈颂:“知道他的心是坏的……中间省略……他就投生到地狱。”就是这样说的。巴利
91. ‘‘Idhāhaṃ, bhikkhave, ekaccaṃ puggalaṃ paduṭṭhacittaṃ evaṃ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi…pe… iti me suta’’nti idaṃ suttampi saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ nāma. Bhikkhave idha sāsane, loke vā ahaṃ ekaccaṃ puggalaṃ paduṭṭhacittaṃ mama cetasā tassa ceto cittaṃ paricca paricchinditvā buddhacakkhunā evaṃ pajānāmi. ‘‘Kathaṃ pajānāmī’’ti ce puccheyya, yañca paṭipadaṃ paṭipanno, yañca maggaṃ samāruḷho ayaṃ puggalo yathā yāya duppaṭipadāya yena dummaggena iriyati pavattati, tāya duppaṭipadāya tena dummaggena imamhi imasmiṃ samaye duppaṭipajjanakāle ayaṃ duppaṭipannaṃ paṭipanno dummaggasamāruḷho puggalo ce kālaṃ kareyya, evaṃ sati ābhataṃ vatthu nikkhittaṃ yathā, evaṃ niraye nikkhitto. Taṃ kissa hetu? Bhikkhave assa puggalassa cittaṃ paduṭṭhaṃ padositaṃ hi yasmā hoti, tasmā nikkhitto. Evaṃ idha sāsane, loke vā cetopadosahetu ca pana ekacce sattā puggalā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ upapajjantīti pajānāmīti. Etamatthaṃ bhagavā avoca. Tattha tasmiṃ sutte etaṃ ‘‘paduṭṭhacittaṃ ñatvāna…pe… nirayaṃ so upapajjatī’’ti gāthāvacanaṃ iti evaṃ vuccati.
导师在这里的教法或世间中,知道某个人心怀恶意后,就在比丘们面前说明了这件事:如果这个人此时死去,那么由于他具有恶意之心,就会投生到地狱。因为此人的心被染污了,所以他会投生;众生因为心染污的缘故而堕入恶趣,就像把带来的东西放下一样。同样地,那种恶慧、心怀染污的人,身体坏散、死后就投生到地狱。这个道理也是世尊说过的,我是这样听来的。巴利
Satthā idha sāsane, loke vā paduṭṭhacittaṃ ekaccaṃ puggalaṃ ñatvāna bhikkhūnaṃ santike etamatthaṃ byākāsi. Imamhi imasmiṃ samaye ayaṃ puggalo ce kālaṃ kayirātha, evaṃ sati paduṭṭhacittasamaṅgī hi nirayasmiṃ upapajjeyya, puggalassa cittaṃ padūsitaṃ hi yasmā hoti, tasmā upapajjeyya, cetopadosahetu sattā duggatiṃ gacchanti ābhataṃ vatthuṃ nikkhipeyya yathā, evamevaṃ tathāvidho duppañño so padosacitto puggalo kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā nirayaṃ upapajjatīti ayampi attho bhagavatā vutto, iti me mayā sutanti yojanā.
如果你们害怕痛苦,如果你们不喜欢痛苦,
不要造作恶业,无论是公开还是暗中。
如果你们将要造作恶业,或者正在造作恶业,
就算你们知道、就算你们故意逃跑,也逃不出这些苦。巴利
‘‘Sace bhāyatha dukkhassa, sace vo dukkhamappiyaṃ; Mākattha pāpakaṃ kammaṃ, āvi vā yadi vā raho. ‘‘Sace ca pāpakaṃ kammaṃ, karissatha karotha vā; Na vo dukkhā pamutyatthi, upeccapi palāyata’’nti. –
这部经名叫《杂染分经》。善士们,如果你们害怕这八种苦——生苦、老苦、病苦、死苦、恶趣苦、过去轮回根本之苦、未来轮回根本之苦、现在以食为根本之苦——如果你们不喜欢这八种苦,那么,无论在人前还是在暗处,都不要造作恶业,不要去做。善士们,如果你们将要造作恶业,或者正在造作恶业——无论在人前还是在暗处——那么,即便你们有意地、故意地逃跑躲避,你们也不可能从这八种苦中脱离、解脱。这就是文句的连接。巴利
Idaṃ suttampi saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ nāma. Sappurisā tumhe dukkhassa jātidukkhajarādukkhabyādhidukkhamaraṇadukkhaapāyadukkha- atītavaṭṭamūlakadukkhaanāgatavaṭṭamūlakadukkhapaccuppannāhāramūlakadukkhāti aṭṭhavidhassa dukkhassa sace bhāyatha, vo tumhehi dukkhaṃ tathā aṭṭhavidhaṃ dukkhaṃ sace appiyaṃ, evaṃ sati āvi vā yadi raho vā pāpakaṃ kammaṃ mākattha mā akattha. Sappurisā tumhe āvi vā yadi raho vā pāpakaṃ kammaṃ sace karissatha vā sace karotha vā, evaṃ sati upeccapi sañciccāpi palāyataṃ palāyantānaṃ vo tumhākaṃ dukkhā aṭṭhavidhā dukkhato pamutti muccanaṃ natthevāti yojanā.
用不正当手段得到财富,又靠说谎得到这两样;
愚人们把它执为“我的”,那又会怎样呢?
障碍一定会出现,积攒起来的东西终将坏灭;
死了的人不会往生天界,难道不是仅凭这一点就已经毁了吗?巴利
‘‘Adhammena dhanaṃ laddhā, musāvādena cūbhayaṃ; Mameti bālā maññanti, taṃ kathaṃ nu bhavissati. ‘‘Antarāyā su bhavissanti, sambhatassa vinassati; Matā saggaṃ na gacchanti, nanu ettāvatā hatā’’ti. –
这部经也叫作属于杂染分的经。愚人们用非法手段和妄语,把有意识的和无意识的一切能得到的财富都弄到手之后,就把这两种财富都当成“我的财富”。这些愚人的那两种财富,会怎样、以什么方式存在呢?因为是用非法手段积聚的,所以不会长久保持。国王障碍之类的障碍会降临到这些愚人身上。用非法交易等手段积聚的财富,会因为这个非法交易等而毁坏。这些愚人死了、命终之后,不能往生天界善趣。善趣因为有美好的受用而最为殊胜,所以被称为“天界”。到此为止,仅仅以这样现世和来世的自利衰损,这些愚人就已经被杀死了、毁灭了,难道不是吗?巴利
Idaṃ suttampi saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ nāma. Ye bālā adhammena ca musāvādena ca dhanaṃ saviññāṇāviññāṇaṃ sabbaṃ labhitabbaṃ dhanaṃ laddhā ubhayaṃ dhanaṃ ‘‘mama dhana’’nti maññanti, tesaṃ bālānaṃ taṃ ubhayaṃ dhanaṃ kathaṃ kena nu pakārena bhavissati, adhammena sambhatattā ciraṭṭhitikaṃ na hoti. Antarāyā rājantarāyādayo antarāyā tesaṃ bālānaṃ bhavissanti. Yena adhammavohārādikena yaṃ dhanaṃ sambhataṃ, assa adhammavohārādikassa taṃ sambhataṃ dhanaṃ vinassati. Matā marantā te bālā saggaṃ sugatiṃ na gacchanti. Sugati hi sobhanehi bhogehi aggoti ‘‘saggo’’ti adhippetā . Ettāvatā ettakena diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikānaṃ attahitānaṃ hāyanena te bālā hatā vinaṭṭhā bhavanti nanūti yojanā.
怎样挖坑害自己,怎样因朋友而衰败?
法怎样退失?怎样不往生天界?
贪欲会毁掉自己,贪婪的人会因为朋友而衰败。
因为贪,法就退失了;因为贪,就到不了天界。巴利
‘‘Kathaṃ khaṇati attānaṃ, kathaṃ mittehi jīrati; Kathaṃ vivaṭṭate dhammā, kathaṃ saggaṃ na gacchati’’. ‘‘Lobhā khaṇati attānaṃ, luddho mittehi jīrati; Lobhā vivaṭṭate dhammā, lobhā saggaṃ na gacchatī’’ti. –
这部经也叫作属于杂染分的经。它的释义很清楚。巴利
Idaṃ suttampi saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ nāma. Yojanattho pākaṭo.
愚痴无智的人活着,就像把自己当成敌人一样。
做恶业的人,那业会带来苦果。
做了之后会让人后悔的业,就不是好的业。
他泪流满面地哭泣,正在承受那果报。巴利
‘‘Caranti bālā dummedhā, amitteneva attanā; Karontā pāpakaṃ kammaṃ, yaṃ hoti kaṭukapphalaṃ. ‘‘Na taṃ kammaṃ kataṃ sādhu, yaṃ katvā anutappati; Yassa assumukho rodaṃ, vipākaṃ paṭisevatī’’ti. –
这部经也叫作“属于杂染分的经”。愚痴、没有智慧的人,就像把恶业当成是敌人做出来的一样,他们这样去做、去行持那种会给自己带来苦果的恶业。做了之后又后悔的业,不是好的业。如果一个人要哭着、泪流满面地去承受某个业的果报,那么他所做的这个业就不是好的——这就是这段的释义。巴利
Idaṃ suttampi saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ nāma. Dummedhā nippaññā bālā amittena pāpakaṃ kammaṃ kataṃ iva, evaṃ attanā kaṭukapphalaṃ yaṃ kammaṃ kataṃ hoti, taṃ pāpakaṃ kataṃ kammaṃ karontā caranti. Yaṃ kammaṃ katvā karonto pacchā anutappati, taṃ kataṃ kammaṃ na sādhu. Yassa kammassa vipākaṃ rodaṃ rudanto assumukho paṭisevati, taṃ kataṃ kammaṃ na sādhūti yojanā.
“难行、难忍……未离贪”这部经,名叫《杂染分经》。这部经的含义,在注释书里已经详细解说了。巴利
‘‘Dukkaraṃ duttitikkhañca…pe… avītarāgo’’ti idaṃ suttampi saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ nāma. Suttattho aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vitthārato vutto.
试图测度不可测度者,智者岂会于此虚妄分别?
我认为,那个去度量不可度量者的人,是愚痴无慧的。巴利
‘‘Appameyyaṃ paminanto, kodha vidvā vikappaye; Appameyyaṃ pamāyinaṃ, nivutaṃ taṃ maññe akissava’’nti. –
这部经也叫作属于杂染分的经。在佛教教法中,凡夫去度量那位功德无量、诸漏已尽的补特伽罗,心想:“这位漏已尽的人有这么多戒、这么多定、这么多慧。”凡夫怎么能这样分别呢?我认为,那个度量不可度量的漏已尽者的凡夫,是被覆盖的、慧颠倒的、无明的、没有智慧的。巴利
Idaṃ suttampi saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ nāma. Idha sāsane appameyyaṃ appameyyaguṇaṃ khīṇāsavaṃ puggalaṃ ‘‘ayaṃ khīṇāsavo puggalo ettakasīlo ettakasamādhi ettakapañño’’ti paminanto ko puthujjano vikappaye. Appameyyaṃ khīṇāsavapuggalaṃ pamāyinaṃ pamāyantaṃ taṃ puthujjanaṃ ayaṃ nivutaṃ avakujjapaññaṃ akissavaṃ apaññanti maññe maññāmīti yojanā.
人一出生,口中便生起一把斧头;
愚人用说恶语的这把斧头砍断自己。
因为,一把磨得再锋利的刀,或者像哈拉哈拉那样的剧毒,
极锋利的刀或剧毒,并不如恶语那样使人堕落遭殃。巴利
‘‘Purisassa hi jātassa, kuṭhārī jāyate mukhe; Yāya chindati attānaṃ, bālo dubbhāsitaṃ bhaṇaṃ. ‘‘Na hi satthaṃ sunisitaṃ, visaṃ halāhalaṃ iva; Evaṃ viraddhaṃ pāteti, vācā dubbhāsitā yathā’’ti. –
这部经也叫作属于杂染分的经。愚痴又心怀恶意的人,用诽谤圣者的粗恶语来说话,就是在用那像斧头一样的恶语砍自己。那像斧头一样的恶语,从出生的人嘴里生出来、不断生出来;恶语确实从嘴里生出来,但极锋利的刀并不会从嘴里生出来,就像哈拉哈拉毒也不会从嘴里生出来一样。恶语会把造业的人抛入恶趣,但极锋利的刀不会把人抛入恶趣,哈拉哈拉毒也不会把人抛入恶趣。这就是这段的连缀解释。巴利
Idaṃ suttampi saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ nāma. Dubbhāsitaṃ ariyūpavādasaṅkhātaṃ pharusavācaṃ bhaṇaṃ bhaṇanto bālo duṭṭho puriso yāya kuṭhārīsadisiyā dubbhāsitavācāya attānaṃ chindati, sā kuṭhārīsadisī dubbhāsitavācā jātassa purisassa mukhe jāyate jāyati, sā dubbhāsitavācā mukhe jāyati iva, evaṃ sunisitaṃ satthaṃ mukhe na jāyati, yathā halāhalaṃ visaṃ mukhe na jāyati, dubbhāsitā vācā apāyesu viraddhaṃ puggalaṃ pāteti yathā, evaṃ sunisitaṃ satthaṃ apāyesu na pāteti, halāhalaṃ visaṃ apāyesu na pātetīti yojanā.
有人去称赞本该受谴责的人,或者去谴责本该受称赞的人。
他用嘴巴挑拣罪过,因此凭这罪过得不到安乐。
在赌局里输掉钱财,这个过失还算小。
就算连同自己一起,一切都输光了,这个过失也还是更大;
如果有人对善逝生起嗔害之心。
一百个千尼罗浮陀,三十六又五个阿浮陀;
把言语和心念都投向恶,诽谤圣者的人,就会堕入地狱。巴利
‘‘Yo nindiyaṃ pasaṃsati, taṃ vā nindati yo pasaṃsiyo; Vicināti mukhena so kaliṃ, kalinā tena sukhaṃ na vindati. ‘‘Appamatto ayaṃ kali, yo akkhesu dhanaparājayo; Sabbassāpi sahāpi attanā, ayameva mahantataro kali; Yo sugatesu manaṃ padosaye. ‘‘Sataṃ sahassānaṃ nirabbudānaṃ, chattiṃsatī pañca ca abbudāni; Yamariyagarahī nirayaṃ upeti, vācaṃ manañca paṇidhāya pāpaka’’nti. –
这部经也叫《杂染分经》。如果有人称赞一个该受谴责、行为恶劣、破戒的人,这个称赞者就是在用嘴巴收集、累积污秽,因为这种污秽,他得不到安乐。行为端正、具足戒行的人,是应该受到称赞的;如果有人批评这样的端正行者或具戒者,这个批评者就是在用嘴巴收集、累积污秽,因为这种污秽,他得不到安乐。巴利
Idaṃ suttampi saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ nāma. Yo puggalo nindiyaṃ duccaraṃ dussīlaṃ puggalaṃ pasaṃsati, so pasaṃsako puggalo mukhena kaliṃ vicināti upacināti, tena kalinā sukhaṃ na vindati. Yo sucārī sīlavā puggalo pasaṃsiyo hoti, taṃ vā sucāriṃ vā sīlavantaṃ puggalaṃ yo puggalo nindati, so nindanto puggalo mukhena kaliṃ vicināti upacināti, tena kalinā sukhaṃ na vindati.
一个人在赌博中,无论赌上自己本身还是全部财产,所输掉的钱财,这种灾祸、这种损失还算轻的。如果有人对善逝心生嗔恨,这个人所招来的灾祸,才是更大的灾祸。巴利
Attanā sahāpi sabbassa dhanassa vasenapi akkhesu yo dhanaparājayo bhavati, ayaṃ kali ayaṃ dhanaparājayo appamatto hoti. Yo puggalo sugatesu manaṃ padosaye, tassa puggalassa yo kali bhavati, ayameva kali mahantataro hoti.
为什么?因为一个人如果以语意投向恶行、又诽谤圣者,他堕入恶趣地狱的那个时间,等于“百千尼罗部陀,再加三十六尼罗部陀和五阿部陀”所计算的时间,所以他的苦报就更大。这就是这里的义理关联。巴利
Kasmā? Vācañca manañca paṇidhāya ariyagarahī puggalo yaṃ kālaṃ pāpakaṃ nirayaṃ upeti, so kālo ‘‘sataṃ sahassānaṃ nirabbudānañca chattiṃsa nirabbudāni ca pañca abbudāni ca yasmiṃ kāle gaṇīyantī’’ti tena kālena samo hoti, tasmā mahantataro hotīti yojanā.
如果有人一心沉迷于贪欲的种种表现……
你确实要长久地走向那悬崖地狱。巴利
‘‘Yo lobhaguṇe anuyutto…pe… Gacchasi kho papataṃ ciraratta’’nti. –
这部经也叫作属于杂染分的经。一个人如果沉溺在贪的习性里,一次又一次地陷进去,他就会用言语辱骂别人。他没有信心,吝啬,不肯布施,不听从诸佛的教导;他嫉妒小气,喜欢挑拨离间,沉溺在挑拨离间之中。巴利
Idaṃ suttampi saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ nāma. Yo puggalo lobhaguṇe anuyutto anu punappunaṃ yutto hoti, so puggalo aññe puggale vacasā paribhāsati, assaddho kadariyo avadaññū buddhānaṃ ovādaññū na hoti, maccharī pesuṇiyaṃ pesuṇiyasmiṃ anuyutto hoti.
你这嘴巴坏了、嘴巴歪了,是个没影儿的、早就没了的、不是圣者的、专会毁掉人家好事的、把智慧毁掉的、恶劣的、尽干坏事的、人里最下等的、人里最差劲的、灾星、倒霉鬼、下贱种,你是要下地狱的。现在在这儿,别再那么多嘴了。巴利
Mukhadugga mukhavisama vibhūta vigatabhūta anariya bhūnahu buddhivināsaka pāpaka dukkaṭakāri purisanta purisalāmaka kali alakkhi avajātaputta tvaṃ nerayiko asi. Idha idāni bahubhāṇī mā hohi.
不要为了损害自己而把尘垢撒到自己身上,也不要把它投进去。你这个作恶的人,竟然呵责那些已经寂静、诸漏已尽的圣者;你造下许多恶行,造了之后,你必定会长久堕入没有庇护的悬崖、地狱之中。这就是这段经文的义理连接。巴利
Ahitāya rajaṃ attani mā ākirasi mā pakkhipasi. Kibbisakāri tvaṃ sante khīṇāsave puggale garahasi, bahūni duccaritāni kammāni carasi, caritvā tvaṃ cirarattaṃ racanavirahitaṃ papataṃ narakaṃ nirayaṃ gacchasi kho ekaṃsenāti yojanā.
阿阇梨已经判定,有种种属于杂染分的经;我们也知道这一点。因为有人应当问“什么是习气分经”,所以说了“其中,什么是习气分经”等话。其中,就是在那些十六部属于杂染分等的经当中,他问哪一部经叫作习气分经。“诸法以意为前导……如影随形,永不分离”,这部经因为在习气分、功德分的范围内,是以能说、能表的方式而运作,所以名叫习气分经。意思很清楚。巴利
Nānāvidhaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ ācariyena niddhāritaṃ, amhehi ca ñātaṃ, ‘‘katamaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ sutta’’nti pucchitabbattā ‘‘tattha katamaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ sutta’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tatthāti tesu soḷasasu saṃkilesabhāgiyādīsu suttesu katamaṃ suttaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ nāmāti pucchati. ‘‘Manopubbaṅgamā dhammā…pe… chāyāva anapāyinī’’ti idaṃ vāsanābhāge puññabhāge visaye vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ nāma. Attho pākaṭo.
93 摩诃男·释迦对世尊这样说……无恶的命终,这部经也是因为在习气分、功德分的范围内,以能说能表的方式生起,所以名为习气分经。其含义显而易见。巴利
93. ‘‘Mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca…pe… apāpikā kālaṅkiriyā’’ti idaṃ suttampi vāsanābhāge puññabhāge visaye vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ nāma. Attho pākaṭo.
凡是想要快乐的众生,若有人不用棍棒去伤害他们;
寻求自己的快乐,他死后就能得到快乐。巴利
‘‘Sukhakāmāni bhūtāni, yo daṇḍena na hiṃsati; Attano sukhamesāno, pecca so labhate sukha’’nti. –
这部经也叫作习气分经,含义很清楚。巴利
Idaṃ suttampi vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ nāma. Attho pākaṭo.
“如果牛群匆忙渡河……如果国王是如法的”,这部经也叫习气分经。含义很清楚。巴利
‘‘Gunnaṃ ce taramānānaṃ…pe… rājā ce hoti dhammiko’’ti idaṃ suttampi vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ nāma. Attho pākaṭo.
94 世尊住在舍卫城……如此了知,这部经也叫习气分经,含义很清楚。巴利
94. ‘‘Bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati…pe… evaṃ pajānātī’’ti idaṃ suttampi vāsanā…pe… suttaṃ nāma. Attho pākaṭo.
如果有人问:“世尊为什么要在各地游行教化?”诸佛世尊在各地游行教化,有七个原因。是哪七个呢?为了调伏其他地方的应受教化者;为了让已经安住在那里的人发起精进;为了防止弟子们固定住在一个地方、养成常住不动的习气;为了显示自己对固定住在一处并不执著;为了让诸佛住过的地方成为塔庙;为了让众多众生通过见佛、亲近佛陀等途径涌出福德;为了平息不下雨等灾难。就是出于这七个原因,诸佛世尊在各地游行教化。应当知道,这就是游行教化的原因。巴利
‘‘Kasmā bhagavā janapadacārikaṃ caratī’’ti puccheyya, sattahi kāraṇehi buddhā bhagavanto janapadacārikaṃ caranti. Katamehi sattahi? Desantaragatānaṃ veneyyānaṃ vinayanatthaṃ, tatra ṭhitānaṃ ussukkasamuppādanatthaṃ, sāvakānaṃ ekasmiṃ ṭhāne nibaddhavāsanivāraṇatthaṃ, attano ca tattha nibaddhavāse anāsaṅgadassanatthaṃ, sambuddhavasitaṭṭhānatāya desānaṃ cetiyabhāvasampādanatthaṃ, bahūnaṃ sattānaṃ dassanūpasaṅkamanādīhi puññoghappasavanatthaṃ, avuṭṭhiādiupaddavūpasamanatthañcāti imehi sattahi kāraṇehi buddhā bhagavanto janapadacārikaṃ carantīti janapadacaraṇakāraṇaṃ veditabbaṃ.
舍弃一朵花,就能得到一千劫、千万劫的果报;
在天界与人间轮转,以此善业的剩余福报而般涅槃。巴利
‘‘Ekapupphaṃ cajitvāna, sahassaṃ kappakoṭiyo; Deve ceva manusse ca, sesena parinibbuto’’ti. –
这部经也叫作习气分经。所谓“一千劫、百千亿”,是指从自体流转来说的千次百千亿。巴利
Idaṃ suttampi vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ nāma. Sahassaṃ kappakoṭiyoti sahassaṃ attabhāvato koṭiyo.
在那棵阿说他树、泛着青绿光泽、正在茁壮生长的树下;
我保持正念,得到了一个以佛陀为所缘的想。
从那时起,三十劫以来,我不曾记得堕入恶趣。
三明已经亲证,那是想所留下的习气。巴利
‘‘Assatthe haritobhāse, saṃvirūḷhamhi pādape; Ekaṃ buddhagataṃ saññaṃ, alabhiṃhaṃ patissato. ‘‘Ajja tiṃsaṃ tato kappā, nābhijānāmi duggatiṃ; Tisso vijjā sacchikatā, tassā saññāya vāsanā’’ti. –
这部经也叫作“习气分经”。“鲜绿光泽”就是鲜绿的颜色。“Alabhiṃha”的意思就是“我获得了”。巴利
Idaṃ suttampi vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ nāma. Haritobhāseti haritaobhāse. Alabhiṃhanti ahaṃ alabhiṃ.
为了乞食而进入憍萨罗城……果报不可思议,这部经也叫习气分经。那位最上之人、心怀悲悯者、灭尽渴爱者、牟尼、正自觉者,在午饭前为了接受乞食,进入了憍萨罗城。巴利
‘‘Piṇḍāya kosalaṃ puraṃ…pe… vipāko hoti acintiyo’’ti idaṃ suttampi vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ nāma. Aggapuggalo anukampako taṇhānighātako muni sambuddho purebhattaṃ piṇḍāya piṇḍaṃ paṭiggaṇhituṃ kosalaṃ puraṃ pāvisi.
有个男人,手上拿着一个用各种花装饰成的花环——也就是一个花制头饰。这个人沿着王路,看见正自觉者正进入憍萨罗城,前面有比丘僧团开道,受到天和人供养。他看见之后,满心欢喜,生起了净信;生起净信后,就走向正自觉者。巴利
Yassa purisassa hatthe sabbapupphehi alaṅkato vaṭaṃsako pupphavaṭaṃsakova atthi, so ayaṃ puriso rājamaggena kosalapuraṃ pavisantaṃ bhikkhusaṅghapurakkhataṃ devamānusapūjitaṃ sambuddhaṃ addasa, disvā haṭṭho cittaṃ pasādesi; pasādetvā sambuddhaṃ upasaṅkami.
他走上前去,生起净信,用自己的双手把那个芬芳、美丽、令人心生欢喜的花环献给了正自觉者。巴利
Upasaṅkamitvā so ayaṃ pasanno hutvā surabhiṃ vaṇṇavantaṃ manoramaṃ taṃ vaṭaṃsakaṃ sambuddhassa sehi pāṇībhi upanāmesi.
这时,从佛陀两唇之间、从说话的间隙,放出像火焰一样颜色、成千道光芒的光明,就像从云中闪出闪电一样。这千道光芒从面部放出后,在太阳族裔的头顶右绕三圈,盘旋之后隐没在头顶。巴利
Tato buddhassa lapanantarā lapanassa vadanassa antarā aggisikhā vaṇṇā sahassaraṃsi okkā pabhā nikkhami, abbhā vijju nikkhamati iva, evaṃ ānanā sahassaraṃsi nikkhamitvā ādiccabandhuno sīse tikkhattuṃ padakkhiṇaṃ karitvāna parivaṭṭetvā muddhani antaradhāyatha.
阿难看见这个稀有、未曾有、令人身毛竖立的神变后,把衣偏袒一肩,这样说道:大牟尼,微笑的因是什么?请解说那个因,法之光将会出现。巴利
Ānando acchariyaṃ abbhutaṃ lomahaṃsanaṃ idaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ disvā cīvaraṃ ekaṃsaṃ karitvā etaṃ abravi – ‘‘mahāmuni, sitakammassa hetu ko? Taṃ hetuṃ byākarohi, dhammāloko bhavissatī’’ti.
那位世尊,对一切法始终相续不断地生起智慧,是已超越疑惑的牟尼。他对仍有疑惑、犹豫的阿难长老说了这番话:“阿难,那个对我生起净信的人,八十四劫之中不会堕入恶趣;在天界享受天界的殊胜福报、统治天界之后,又会在人间成为统治整个王国的国王。这个人到最后出家,悟得法性,成为离欲者,名叫‘花环’的独觉佛。”巴利
Yassa bhagavato sabbadhammesu ñāṇaṃ sadā pavattati, kaṅkhāvitaraṇo muni so bhagavā kaṅkhiṃ vematikaṃ ānandaṃ theraṃ etaṃ abravi. Ānanda, yo sopuriso mayi cittaṃ pasādayi, so puriso caturāsītikappāni duggatiṃ na gamissati, devesu devasobhaggaṃ dibbaṃ rajjaṃ pasāsitvā manujesu raṭṭhe sakalaraṭṭhe manujindo rājā bhavissati. So puriso carimaṃ pabbajitvā, dhammataṃ sacchikatvā ca dhutarāgo vaṭaṃsako nāma paccekabuddho bhavissati.
无论是对如来、正等觉者、独觉者,还是对那位如来的弟子,只要以净信心相待,布施就绝不会微小。巴利
Tathāgate vā sammāsambuddhe vā paccekasambuddhe vā tassa tathāgatassa sāvake vā citte pasannamhi dakkhiṇā appakā nāma natthi.
佛陀们就是这样,数量如此之多,是不可思议的。佛法与佛陀的功德就是这样,数量如此之多,是不可思议的。对不可思议之处生起净信的人,其果报、福报就是这样,数量如此之多,是不可思议的。这是对此的解说。巴利
Buddhā evaṃ ettakāti acintiyā bhavanti. Buddhadhammā buddhaguṇā evaṃ ettakāti acintiyā bhavanti, acintiye pasannānaṃ vipāko puññavipāko evaṃ ettakoti acintiyo hotīti etaṃ abravīti yojanā.
96 96. “在这里,比丘们,我……对某个人……这个道理也是世尊所说的,我是这样听来的。”这部经也叫作《习气分经》。比丘们,在这个教法里,我用自心去了解某个人的心,用佛眼这样了知:这个人是以什么方式修行布施等实践,又是登上见道等道之后,依着那种修行和道而行动、运转;如果他在这个时候命终,他就会像放下带来的东西一样,凭着那种修行、那条道,被安置在天界。这是什么原因呢?比丘们,因为这个人的心是清净信乐的、已经生起净信的,所以被安置在天界。在这个教法里,或者在世界中,有些众生、有些人身坏命终之后,正是因为心净信的因缘,而投生到善趣、天界——我就是这样了知的。世尊宣说了这个道理。在那里,为了总摄这个道理而说的偈颂是:“了知净信之心……他投生天界。”这个道理也是世尊所说的,我是这样听来的——这就是串连解释。巴利
96. ‘‘Idhāhaṃ , bhikkhave, ekaccaṃ puggalaṃ…pe… ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā iti me suta’’nti idaṃ suttampi vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ nāma. Bhikkhave, idha imasmiṃ sāsane ahaṃ ekaccaṃ puggalaṃ evaṃ mama cetasā ekaccassa puggalassa ceto cittaṃ paricca buddhacakkhunā evaṃ pajānāmi, yathā yena pakārena ayaṃ puggalo yañca dānādipaṭipadaṃ paṭipanno, yañca dassanādimaggaṃ samāruḷho hutvā taṃ paṭipadaṃ, maggañca iriyati pavatteti, imamhi imasmiñca samaye ayaṃ puggalo ce kālaṃ kareyya, evaṃ sati ābhataṃ vatthuṃ nikkhipati yathā, evaṃ tāya paṭipadāya tena maggena sagge attanikkhitto bhave. Taṃ kissa hetu? Bhikkhave, assa puggalassa cittaṃ hi yasmā pasannaṃ pasāditaṃ, tasmā nikkhitto bhave. Idha sāsane, loke vā ekacce sattā puggalā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ cetopasādahetu kho pana upapajjantīti evaṃ ahaṃ pajānāmīti bhagavā etamatthaṃ avoca. Tattha tasmiṃ atthe saṅgahavasena pavattaṃ etaṃ ‘‘pasannacittaṃ ñatvāna…pe… saggaṃ so upapajjatī’’ti gāthāvacanaṃ vuccati. Ayampi attho bhagavatā vutto, iti me mayā sutanti yojanā.
“以金顶装饰的船……具足这样福德的人得到了它。”这部经也叫作《习气分经》。天女,你登上那艘用金饰覆盖的金顶船,站在那里;你进入天池沐浴,用手折下莲花。巴利
‘‘Suvaṇṇacchadanaṃ nāvaṃ…pe… etādisaṃ katapuññā labhi’’nti idaṃ suttampi vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ nāma. Nāri devadhītā suvaṇṇacchadanaṃ suvaṇṇālaṅkārehi chāditaṃ nāvaṃ āruyha tiṭṭhasi, pokkharaṇiṃ devapokkharaṇiṃ ogāhasi, padumaṃ pāṇinā chindasi.
天女,你是造了什么业,才有这样的容貌、这样的威力、这样的光辉?天女,你心里想要什么受用,那些受用又是因什么业而出现的?天女,我问你,请你回答,请说明:这一切是什么业的果报?帝释这样问。巴利
Devate kena kammena te tava tādiso vaṇṇo tādiso ānubhāvo tādisī juti bhavati, devate te tava ye keci bhogā manasā icchitā bhavanti, te bhogā ca kena kammena uppajjanti. Devate me pucchitā tvaṃ saṃsa saṃsāhi idaṃ sabbaṃ kissa kammassa ca phalanti sakko pucchati.
天王问那位天女时,她心生欢喜,就所问的问题回答帝释说:我曾走在长途远路上,见到了有名声的迦叶世尊那座令人欢喜的塔,见到之后,就在那座塔那里生起了净信。我以净信,用自己的双手,用莲花作了供养。正是这一业,这一切都是它的果报。我是修了福业的人,才得到这样的果报。她这样回答帝释。大目犍连说“这是我听说的”,这就是连缀起来的解释。巴利
Devarājena pucchitā sā devadhītā attamanā hutvā pañhaṃ puṭṭhā sakkassa byākāsi. Devarājā addhānaṃ dīghamaggaṃ paṭipannā ahaṃ yasassino kassapassa bhagavato manoramaṃ thūpaṃ addassaṃ, disvā tattha thūpe cittaṃ pasādesiṃ. Pasannāhaṃ sehi pāṇīhi padumapupphehi pūjesiṃ. Tasseva kammassa idaṃ sabbaṃ phalaṃ vipāko bhave. Katapuññāhaṃ etādisaṃ phalaṃ alabhinti sakkassa byākāsi. Iti me sutanti mahāmoggallāno vadatīti yojanā.
因为要说明“正如所列举的经本身就是属于习气分的圆满经”,所以说了“布施论、戒论、生天论、福论、福果报论,这属于习气分”等话。其中,凡是开示布施和布施果报的教说,就叫布施论;凡是开示戒和戒果报的教说,就叫戒论;凡是开示生天以及能导致生天的业的教说,就叫生天论;凡是透过布施、持戒、修习等开示十种福业的教说,就叫福论;凡是确定地开示“这样的福业有这样的种种果报,这是这种福的果报”的教说,就叫福果报论。巴利
‘‘Yathāniddhāritasuttāniyeva vāsanābhāgiyasuttāni paripuṇṇānī’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘dānakathā sīlakathā saggakathā puññakathā puññavipākakathāti idaṃ vāsanābhāgiya’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha yāya desanāya dānañca dānaphalañca dassitaṃ, sā desanā dānakathā nāma. Yāya desanāya sīlañca sīlaphalañca dassitaṃ, sā desanā sīlakathā nāma. Yāya desanāya saggā ca saggesu nibbattāpakañca kammaṃ dassitaṃ, sā saggakathā nāma. Yāya desanāya dānasīlabhāvanādivasena dasavidhaṃ puññakammaṃ dassitaṃ, sā puññakathā nāma. Yāya desanāya tādisassa puññakammassa vividho ayaṃ vipāko imassa puññassa vipākoti niyametvā dassito, sā puññavipākakathā nāma.
那些为具足十力的正自觉者所造的塔——把舍利安放在里面、用泥土建成的塔——凡是对此心生净信的人,在那里对塔做了福德善业之后,就投生到天界,欢欣喜悦。这是这段经文的连贯解释。这部经……中间省略……经。巴利
Dasabaladharānaṃ sammāsambuddhānaṃ uddissakatesu sarīradhātuṃ abbhantare ṭhapetvā paṃsūhi katesu thūpesu ye narā pasannā, te narā tattha thūpe kāraṃ puññaṃ katvā saggesu uppajjitvā pamodantīti yojanā. Idaṃ suttaṃ vā…pe… suttaṃ.
97 97. 那些天子的身体颜色,和天子身体的颜色一样,具有美好的形态,具备端严的身形。所有人都用水把泥土和湿,来增高佛塔。他问:“这座塔是谁的塔?”巴利
97.Devaputtasarīravaṇṇā devaputtasarīrasadisavaṇṇā subhagasaṇṭhiti sobhaggayuttasaṇṭhānā sabbe janā udakena paṃsuṃ temetvā thūpaṃ vaḍḍhetha, so ayaṃ thūpo kassa puggalassa thūpoti pucchati.
天女们拥有美好的身形,容貌端严。那些对这座塔生起净信的天与人,在这里做供养、修福业,因此就能从老与死中解脱出来。应当知道,这座塔就是大仙的塔,是持有十力之法的善逝的塔——他这样说了,这就是文义上的连贯理解。这部经……中间省略……经。巴利
Sugatte sundaragatte devate tasmiṃ thūpe pasannā ime devamanujā kāraṃ puññaṃ karontā hutvā jarāmaraṇato pamuccare. So ayaṃ thūpo mahesino dasabaladhammadhārino sugatassa thūpoti veditabboti āhāti yojanā. Idaṃ suttaṃ vā…pe… suttaṃ.
我曾向大仙的塔献上四朵青莲花和花环,因为这个缘故,我所做的福德确实广大。从那以后到今天,三十劫中我一直供养导师的塔,所以不知道恶趣,也不堕入恶道——这是文义的连贯解释。这部经……中略……经。巴利
Yāhaṃ yā ahaṃ mahesino thūpaṃ cattāri uppalāni ca mālañca abhiropayiṃ, tena mayā kataṃ taṃ puññaṃ uḷāraṃ vata āsi ahosi. Tato kappato ajja kappā tiṃsaṃ dharanti satthuno thūpaṃ pūjetvā tattakāni duggatiṃ na jānāmi, vinipātaṃ na gacchāmīti yojanā. Idaṃ suttaṃ vā…pe… suttaṃ.
我曾供养了那位具足三十二相、以三十二相而圆满、战胜一切敌手、为世间之主的佛塔。供养之后,我在十万劫中、在寿劫中满心欢喜。我由此生起的福德,凭着这份福德,我没有堕入恶道,还成就了天界的尊荣、种种圆满以及天王之位。或者说,天界的尊荣是我所成就的,王位也是我所成就的。巴利
Ahaṃ bāttiṃsalakkhaṇadharassa bāttiṃsalakkhaṇadharena sampannassa vijitavijayassa lokanāthassa thūpaṃ apūjesiṃ, pūjetvā satasahassaṃ kappe āyukappe pamudito āsiṃ. Mayā yaṃ puññaṃ pasutaṃ, tena puññena vinipātaṃ anāgantuna anāgantvā devasobhaggaṃ sampattiṃ ca devarajjāni ca tāni akāriṃ . Atha vā devasobhaggañca mayā kāritaṃ, rajjāni ca mayā kāritāni.
在调伏未调伏者的教法中,我安立的慧眼,以及同样安立的解脱心——这一切慧眼与解脱心,我都已获得。我已断除那称为渴爱蔓草的东西,成为心解脱、具足果解脱心的人。她这样说。这是连接说明。这部经……中略……经。巴利
Adantadamakassa sāsane yaṃ cakkhu paññācakkhu paṇihitaṃ, tathā cittaṃ yaṃ vimuttacittaṃ paṇihitaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ paññācakkhu vimuttacittaṃ me mayā laddhaṃ, ahaṃ vidhutalatāsaṅkhātataṇhā hutvā vimuttacittā phalavimuttacittasampannā amhīti avocāti yojanā. Idaṃ suttaṃ vā…pe… suttaṃ.
98 我向那位心已解脱、具足果位解脱心、没有五种心的荒芜、没有烦恼漏、安住于无诤、具足无诤之戒、心无执著、心不黏着的独觉佛,只布施了仅仅够吃一顿的稗子饭。巴利
98.Vimuttacitte phalavimuttacittasampanne akhile pañcacetokhīlarahite anāsave araṇavihārimhi araṇavihārasīle asaṅgamānase alaggamānase paccekabuddhasmiṃ sāmākapatthodanamattameva dakkhiṇaṃ adāsiṃ.
我对那位独觉佛生起了殊胜的信解,确信“这确实是最高的法”,也就是独觉菩提之法。愿我将来能与那些安住于圣者境界的独觉佛相遇,也愿我在任何生处都无所期盼——我这样发心,并对那法立下誓愿:“愿我也能亲自证得这位独觉佛所证得的法。”巴利
Tasmiṃ paccekabuddhe uttamaṃ dhammaṃ paccekabodhidhammaṃ okappayiṃ ‘‘so uttamo dhammo atthī’’ti saddahiṃ. Evaṃ ariyavihārena vihārīhi paccekabuddhehi me mama saṅgamo kato siyā bhave, kudāsupi ca ahaṃ apekkhavā mā bhaveyyanti mānasaṃ tasmiñca dhamme paṇidhesiṃ ‘‘iminā paccekabuddhena laddhadhammaṃ ahampi sacchikareyya’’nti cittaṃ paṇidahiṃ.
因为对那位独觉佛所造之业的果报,我在那些长寿、没有“这是我的”这种占有、也没有占有状态的众生中,在殊胜行者和无劣行者中,在俱卢洲和北俱卢洲的众生中,投生了一千次。巴利
Tasseva paccekabuddhe katasseva kammassa vipākato ahaṃ dīghāyukesu amamesu ‘‘mama pariggaho’’ti pariggahābhāvena apariggahesu visesagāmīsu ahīnagāmīsu kurūsu uttarakurūsu pāṇīsu sattesu sahassakkhattuṃ upapajjatha upapajjiṃ.
正是由于那同样的业所感得的果报,我成为一位具足名声、拥有眷属的忉利天天人,以殊胜的身相投生在那里的天神众中——他们佩戴着各种花环、璎珞与涂香——这样投生了一千次。巴利
Tasseva kammassa vipākato vicitramālābharaṇānulepīsu yasassīsu parivāravantesu tidaso devo ahaṃ visiṭṭhakāyūpagato hutvā sahassakkhattuṃ upapajjatha.
正是由于那个业的果报,我的心得以解脱,没有僵硬阻碍,成为无漏者,与这些超越利与不利、超越善与不善、持有最后身的独觉佛或佛弟子们相遇。巴利
Tasseva kammassa vipākato ahaṃ vimuttacitto akhīlo anāsavo hutvā hitāhitāsīhi kusalākusalavītivattehi antimadehadhāribhi imehi paccekabuddhehi, buddhasāvakehi vā me mama samāgamo āsi.
“持戒的人,凡有所愿,皆得成就。”如来、胜者亲自证见这句话之后,才这样宣说:我心中无论以何种方式、何种形式思惟什么,就会以那种方式、那种形式得以成就。这是最后一生。应当这样连接理解。这是经……中略……经。巴利
‘‘Sīlavato yaṃ icchitaṃ, taṃ samijjhate’’ti imaṃ vacanaṃ tathāgato jino paccakkhaṃ katvā avaca kho, yathā yathā yena yena pakārena me manasā vicintitaṃ, tathā tathā tena tena pakārena samiddhaṃ bhavati. Ayaṃ bhavo antimo bhavoti yojanā. Idaṃ suttaṃ vā…pe… suttaṃ.
在第三十一劫中,有一位战胜烦恼、没有渴爱、见解无边的胜者出世,名叫“尸弃”。我对那位世尊的弟弟尸弃,以及对名为尸弃的佛陀和那位世尊的法,都生起了很深的信心。在天中天、人中最上、大仙——世间导师般涅槃之后,我为那位世尊建造了一座广大、宏伟、四周方圆一拘卢舍的塔。巴利
Ekatiṃsamhi kappamhi jino anejo anantadassī ‘‘sikhī’’ti itināmako uppajji. Tassāpi bhagavato rājā bhātā sikhiddhe ca sikhī itināmake buddhe ca tassa bhagavato dhamme ca abhippasanno lokavināyakamhi parinibbute sati devātidevassa naruttamassa mahesino vipulaṃ mahantaṃ samantato gāvutikaṃ thūpaṃ akāsiṃ.
在那座塔前,有一个人拿着素馨花,满心欢喜地供养、献上祭品。那个人的一朵花被风吹落,掉了下来。我捡起那朵落花,还给了花的主人。巴利
Tasmiṃ thūpe baliṃ pūjābaliṃ abhihārī manusso jātisumanaṃ paggayha pahaṭṭho pūjesi. Assa manussassa ekaṃ pupphaṃ vātena paharitaṃ hutvā patitaṃ. Ahaṃ taṃ patitaṃ ekaṃ pupphaṃ gahetvā tasseva pupphasāmikassa adāsiṃ.
那个人是花的主人,他生起很深的净信,对我说:“你就用这一朵花来作供养吧。”在“dadāsi”这个词里,“da”是添加上去的音。我拿起那一朵花,一次又一次地忆念佛和佛的功德。从我献上那朵花的那一劫算起,到今天已经过了三十劫。在那些劫里,我不知道有恶趣,也不会堕入恶处,这就是供养塔的果报。这是经……经。巴利
So manusso pupphasāmiko abhippasannacitto hutvā maṃ ‘‘tvameva etaṃ ekaṃ pupphaṃ pūjā’’ti adāsi. Dadāsīti ettha da-kāro āgamo. Ahaṃ taṃ ekaṃ pupphaṃ gahetvā buddhaṃ buddhaguṇaṃ punappunaṃ anussaranto yasmiṃ kappe abhiropayiṃ, tato kappato ajja kappā tiṃsaṃ ahesuṃ. Tesu kappesu duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, vinipātañca na gacchāmi, idaṃ phalaṃ thūpapūjāya phalanti avocāti yojanā. Idaṃ suttaṃ vā…pe… suttaṃ.
有个叫梵授的国王,他有一座城叫迦毗罗。这座城划分得很合理,布局也很完善,大道宽阔齐全,人口稠密,住满了各种不同的人,富裕又繁荣。巴利
Brahmadattassa brahmadattanāmakassa rājino kapilaṃ nāma nagaraṃ suvibhattaṃ bhāgato suṭṭhu vibhattaṃ, mahāpathaṃ mahāpathasampannaṃ ākiṇṇaṃ, nānājātikehi manussehi paripuṇṇaṃ, iddhaṃ phītañca āsi.
在般遮罗国那座最殊胜的城里,我卖大麦糕饼。我看见了那位名叫阿利吒的独觉佛——他名声远扬,就站在我上方近处。见到之后,我心里欢喜,生起了清净的信心,就用家里常备的固定饭食,邀请那位人中最上的阿利吒。巴利
Pañcālānaṃ tattha puruttame ahaṃ kummāsaṃ vikkiṇiṃ, so ahaṃ yasassinaṃ upariṭṭhaṃ upasamīpe ṭhitaṃ ariṭṭhaṃ nāma sambuddhaṃ paccekabuddhaṃ addasiṃ, disvā haṭṭho cittaṃ pasādetvā naruttamaṃ ariṭṭhaṃ me gehasmiṃ yaṃ dhuvabhattaṃ vijjatha vijji, tena dhuvabhattena nimantesiṃ.
当迦提月到来,在十五日满月那天,那第十五夜的满月出现时,就在那个时候,我拿了一对新衣,供养给名叫阿利咤的独觉佛。巴利
Yato ca yasmiṃ kāle ca kattiko yassaṃ pannarasīpuṇṇo, sā puṇṇamāsī pannarasī upaṭṭhitā, tato ca tasmiṃ kāle ca ahaṃ navaṃ dussayugaṃ gayha ariṭṭhassa ariṭṭhanāmakassa paccekabuddhassa upanāmesiṃ.
那位人中最胜者、心怀怜悯、具足悲心、灭尽渴爱的牟尼——独觉佛,知道我心生净信,就接受了我的供养。巴利
Naruttamo anukampako kāruṇiko taṇhānighātako muni paccekabuddho pasannacittaṃ maṃ ñatvāna paṭiggaṇhi.
我做了佛陀所称赞的善业,在天界和人间之间流转,然后从那里命终,投生在波罗奈城一个富足的长者家中,成为他的独子,比自己的性命还更受珍爱。巴利
Ahaṃ kalyāṇaṃ buddhavaṇṇitaṃ kammaṃ karitvāna deve ca manusse ca sandhāvitvā tato cuto bārāṇasiyaṃ nagare aḍḍhe kulasmiṃ seṭṭhissa ekaputtako uppajjiṃ, pāṇehi ca piyataro āsiṃ.
那时,我到了懂事的年纪,被天子提醒,就从高楼下来,前去亲近正自觉者乔达摩世尊。巴利
Tato ca tasmiṃ kāle viññutaṃ patto hutvā devaputtena codito ahaṃ pāsādā oruhitvāna sambuddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ gotamaṃ upasaṅkamiṃ.
那位正等正觉的乔达摩世尊出于悲悯,为我宣说了法:苦就是苦谛,苦的生起就是集谛,苦的超越就是灭谛,通向苦止息的圣八支道就是道谛。就这样,他宣说了四谛。牟尼乔达摩世尊还宣说了能引生这四谛的法。巴利
So sambuddho bhagavā gotamo anukampāya me dhammaṃ adesesi. Dukkhaṃ dukkhasaccañca dukkhasamuppādaṃ samudayasaccañca dukkhassa atikkamaṃ nirodhasaccañca ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ dukkhūpasamagāminaṃ maggaṃ maggasaccañca iti cattāri saccāni desitāni, taduppādakaṃ dhammaṃ muni bhagavā gotamo adesayi.
我听了那位乔达摩世尊的教法之后,就欢喜地安住在教法里,日夜都不懈怠,证得了止。巴利
Ahaṃ tassa bhagavato gotamassa vacanaṃ sutvā sāsane rato hutvā vihariṃ, ahaṃ rattindivaṃ atandito hutvā samathaṃ paṭivijjhiṃ.
内在的诸漏和外在的诸漏,都已通过道断尽了;我所有那些漏都已消失,不会再重新生起。巴利
Ajjhattañca ye āsavā, bahiddhā ca ye āsavā maggena samucchinnā āsuṃ, sabbe te āsavā me mama vijjiṃsu, puna na ca uppajjare.
“苦已到了尽头,这苦的终点已经完成。”这个身体、这个生死轮回,已经是最后、最终的阶段。现在,在这个生命结束之后,我不会再有来世的投生——他这样说了。这是句子的连接方式。各种属于习气分的经,由导师以举例的方式选定,这些经在习气分的范围内、在福德聚的领域中,以能表达、能使人理解的方式运作,所以称为习气分经。巴利
Dukkhaṃ ‘‘pariyantakataṃ yassa dukkhassā’’ti pariyantakataṃ āsi, ayaṃ samussayo jātimaraṇasaṃsāro carimo antimo āsi, idāni imassa attabhāvassa anantaraṃ punabbhavo mama natthīti avocāti yojanā. Yaṃ nānāvidhaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ udāharaṇavasena niddhāritaṃ, idaṃ nānāvidhaṃ suttaṃ vāsanābhāge puññakoṭṭhāse visaye vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ nāma.
阿阇梨已经选定了种种属于习气分的经,我们也已经知道了。因为有人应当问“哪一部是决择分经”,所以说了“其中,哪一部是决择分经”等话。在这里,他问的是:在他们那十六种属于杂染分等的经当中,哪一部经名叫决择分经?巴利
Nānāvidhaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ ācariyena niddhāritaṃ, amhehi ca ñātaṃ, ‘‘katamaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ sutta’’nti pucchitabbattā ‘‘tattha katamaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ sutta’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha tesu soḷasasu saṃkilesabhāgiyādīsu suttesu katamaṃ suttaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ nāmāti pucchati.
向上到梵天界,向下到欲界的有,在一切处、一切有中都已解脱的阿罗汉,不再随观“这是法,这是我”。这样解脱的阿罗汉,渡过了以前从未渡过的暴流,为了不再有后有而渡越,所以称为已渡者——这是句子的连接方式。这部经因为是在通达分的领域、有学法之中,以能说能表的方式运作,所以名为通达分经。巴利
Uddhaṃ brahmaloke adho kāmāvacare bhave sabbadhi sabbesu bhavesu vippamutto arahā ‘‘ayaṃ nāma dhammo ahaṃ asmī’’ti anānupassī, evaṃ vimutto arahā atiṇṇapubbaṃ oghaṃ apunabbhavāya udatāri uttiṇṇoti yojanā. Idaṃ suttaṃ nibbedhabhāge sekkhadhamme visaye vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ nāma.
因为必须说“仅仅就这个程度而已”,所以接着说了“具戒者”等这些话。阿难,对一个具戒的人来说,不需要生起、也不应该生起这样的思:愿我的无悔生起、现起。阿难,具戒的人如果有无悔生起、现起,这种无悔的生起、现起就是法性。阿难,一个有无悔的人不需要生起这样的思:愿我的喜悦生起、现起。阿难,一个有无悔的人如果有喜悦生起、现起,这种喜悦的生起、现起就是法性。其余各句也应当依照这个连接方式来理解。这部经也叫作通达分经。巴利
‘‘Ettakamevā’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘sīlavato’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Ānanda, sīlavato puggalassa ‘‘kinti me mama avippaṭisāro jāyeyya pavatteyyā’’ti cetanā na karaṇīyā na kātabbā. Ānanda, sīlavato avippaṭisāro yaṃ jāyeyya pavatteyya, esā avippaṭisārassa jāyanā pavattanā dhammatā bhavati. Ānanda, avippaṭisārinā puggalena ‘‘kinti me mama pāmojjaṃ jāyeyya pavatteyyā’’ti cetanā na karaṇīyā, ānanda, avippaṭisārino puggalassa pāmojjaṃ yaṃ jāyeyya pavatteyya, esā pāmojjassa jāyanā pavattanā dhammatā. Sesesupi imassa yojanānayānusārena yojanānayo gahetabbo. Idaṃ suttampi nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ nāma.
当一位精勤禅修的婆罗门——他以烧尽烦恼的精勤、以正精进具足而行,已除诸恶,已漏尽——他的随顺缘起通达、能成就菩提分法的诸法,在某个时候确实完全显现、生起。或者,四圣谛的诸法显现、开示,以现观而变得明了。又或者,在显现之时,这位精勤禅修的婆罗门、漏尽者的一切疑惑都离去、消失、灭尽。为什么?因为他如实了知、证知、通达了有因之法——即从无明等因缘而生起、与因俱行的行等苦蕴之法,是不与乐混杂的,因此诸疑惑离去、消失、灭尽。此经名为通达分经。巴利
Ātāpino kilesānaṃ ātāpena sammappadhānena samannāgatassa jhāyato jhāyantassa brāhmaṇassa bāhitapāpassa khīṇāsavassa dhammā anulomapaccayākārapaṭivedhasādhakā bodhipakkhiyadhammā yadā yasmiṃ kāle have ekantena pātubhavanti uppajjanti. Atha vā dhammā catuariyasaccadhammā pātubhavanti pakāsayanti abhisamayavasena pākaṭā honti. Atha vā pātubhavanakāle assa ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa khīṇāsavassa sabbā kaṅkhā vapayanti apagacchanti nirujjhanti. Kasmā? Sahetudhammaṃ avijjādikena hetunā saha pavattaṃ saṅkhārādikaṃ sukhena asammissaṃ dukkhakkhandhadhammaṃ yato yasmā pajānāti aññāsi paṭivijjhati , tato tasmā vapayanti apagacchanti nirujjhantīti yojanā. Idaṃ suttaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ nāma.
在第二首偈颂中,由于他了知、证知、通达了诸缘的灭尽——也就是被称为灭尽的涅槃,因此一切疑惑都消散。这一段是通达分经。巴利
Dutiyagāthāyaṃ pana paccayānaṃ khayaṃ khayasaṅkhātaṃ nibbānaṃ yato yasmā avedi aññāsi paṭivijjhi, tato tasmā sabbāpi kaṅkhā vapayantīti yojanā. Idaṃ suttaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
提舍,你到底为什么生气?别生气了,提舍。你的不生气、不发怒才是最好的、最殊胜的。提舍,确实正是为了调伏你的愤怒、傲慢和覆藏,才修梵行。世尊这样说了。巴利
Tissa, tvaṃ kiṃ nu kujjhasi? Mā kujjhi, tissa, te tava akkodho akujjhanaṃ varaṃ uttamaṃ, hi saccaṃ, tissa, tayā kodhamānamakkhavinayatthaṃ brahmacariyaṃ vussati nūti bhagavā avocāti yojanā.
我什么时候才能见到难陀——他住在林野里,穿着粪扫衣,站在不为人知、不显眼的施主家门前,靠着挨家挨户乞食所得、以精进努力得来的混合食物维持生活?应当这样连接理解。这部经是通达分经。巴利
Āraññaṃ āraññakaṃ paṃsukūlikaṃ aññātuñchena aññātaanabhilakkhitagharapaṭipāṭiyā ṭhatvā uñchena piṇḍapātacaraṇavīriyena laddhena missakabhojanena yāpentaṃ nandaṃ kadā kāle ahaṃ passeyyanti avocāti yojanā. Idaṃ suttaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
乔达摩,要斩断什么、杀死什么,才能不再被愤怒的灼热烧灼,安乐而卧?要斩断什么、杀死什么,才能因愤怒的毁灭而心无悲伤?乔达摩,你认可杀死哪一种法?巴利
Gotama , kiṃsu katamaṃ chetvā vadhitvā vadhanto kodhapariḷāhena aparidayhamāno hutvā sukhaṃ seti sayati, kiṃsu katamaṃ chetvā vadhitvā vadhanto kodhavināsena vinaṭṭhadomanasso hutvā na socati, gotama, tvaṃ kissa ekadhammassa vadhaṃ vadhanaṃ rocesīti brāhmaṇo pucchati.
婆罗门,把忿怒斩断、杀死、消灭之后,不再被忿怒的灼热烧灼,就能安乐地躺下、安睡;把忿怒斩断、杀死、消灭之后,因为忿怒的毁灭而心无忧悲,就不再忧愁。那如同毒根、如同毒药、是苦的根源、结局甜蜜而称为甜美的忿怒——诸圣者、佛陀等人,都赞叹对它的斩杀与消灭。确实如此:把忿怒斩断、杀死、消灭之后,因为忿怒的毁灭而心无忧悲,就能躺下、安睡。所谓“结局甜蜜”,应当理解为:这个忿怒以心中的乐味为终点、为结局,所以叫“结局甜蜜”。因为发怒的人在骂回去、辱骂回去、打回去之后,最终会生起心中乐味的享受。这部经是通达分经。巴利
Brāhmaṇa, kodhaṃ kujjhanaṃ chetvā vadhitvā vadhanto kodhapariḷāhena aparidayhamāno hutvā sukhaṃ seti sayati, kodhaṃ kujjhanaṃ chetvā vadhitvā vadhanto kodhavināsena vinaṭṭhadomanasso hutvā na socati, visamūlassa visasadisassa dukkhassa mūlabhūtassa madhuraggassa madhurasaṅkhātassa sukhapariyosānassa kodhassa kujjhanassa vadhaṃ vadhanaṃ ariyā buddhādayo puggalā pasaṃsanti. Hi saccaṃ taṃ kodhaṃ kujjhanaṃ chetvā vadhitvā vadhanto kodhavināsena vinaṭṭhadomanasso hutvā seti sayatīti yojanā. Madhuraggassāti ca madhuraṃ cetasikasukhaṃ assādaaggaṃ pariyosānaṃ assa kodhassāti madhuraggoti samāso veditabbo. Kujjhantassa hi akkositvā paribhāsitvā paharitvā pariyosāne cetasikasukhassādo uppajjatīti. Idaṃ suttaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
乔达摩,智者正在杀的是什么生起的东西?应当杀哪个?智者正在驱除的是什么已生起的东西?应当驱除哪个?智者正在舍弃的是什么?应当舍弃哪个?智者现观什么法才得安乐?天神这样问。巴利
Gotama, hananto dhīro uppatitaṃ kiṃsu katamaṃ hane haneyya. Vinodento dhīro jātaṃ kiṃsu katamaṃ vinodaye vinodayeyya. Pajahanto dhīro kiṃ ca katamaṃ pajahe pajaheyya. Dhīrassa kissa dhammassa abhisamayo sukhoti devatā pucchati.
天子,智者要杀掉已经生起的愤怒,对愤怒要断除、要消灭。智者要清除已经生起的贪欲,对贪欲要清除、要消灭。智者要舍弃无明,对无明要舍弃、要断除。世尊说:“对真实法的现观是乐。”这就是这段经文的连接方式。这部经叫通达分经。巴利
Devaputta, hananto dhīro uppatitaṃ kodhaṃ kujjhanaṃ hane haneyya. Vinodento dhīro jātaṃ rāgaṃ vinodaye vinodayeyya. Pajahanto dhīro avijjaṃ pajahe pajaheyya. Saccadhammassa abhisamayo sukhoti bhagavā avocāti yojanā. Idaṃ suttaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
101 天神这样说道:就像一个人被矛刺中,从上到下被穿透,为了拔掉那支矛而奋力精进;又像一个人头顶被火燃烧、头部着火,为了扑灭那火而奋力精进;同样,被欲贪燃烧的比丘,为了断除欲贪、镇伏欲贪,应当不放逸、努力精进,具足正念,四处游行、安住。巴利
101. Bhagavā sattiyā omaṭṭho uparito yāva heṭṭhā viddho puriso sattippahānāya vīriyaṃ ārabhati viya, agginā matthake ḍayhamāno ādittasiro puriso agginibbāpanatthāya vīriyaṃ ārabhati iva, evaṃ kāmarāgena ḍayhamāno bhikkhu kāmarāgappahānāya kāmarāgavikkhambhanāya appamatto vāyamamāno sato satisampanno hutvā paribbaje vihareyyāti devatā kathesi.
世尊为了说明“为了彻底断除而发起精进”,才说了“就像被矛刺中一样”等话。天子,就像被矛刺中的人,为了拔掉矛而发起精进;就像头顶被火烧、头在燃烧的人,为了灭火而发起精进;同样,被有身见压制的比丘,为了断除有身见,通过道来彻底断除,应当不放逸、努力精进、具足正念地游行、安住。世尊这样说了。这部经叫作通达分经。巴利
Bhagavā pana ‘‘samucchedappahānāya vīriyaṃ ārabhīyatī’’ti dassetuṃ ‘‘sattiyā viya omaṭṭho’’tiādimāha. Devaputta, sattiyā omaṭṭho puriso sattippahānāya vīriyaṃ ārabhati viya, agginā matthake ḍayhamāno ādittasiro puriso agginibbāpanatthāya vīriyaṃ ārabhati iva, evaṃ sakkāyadiṭṭhiyā abhibhūto bhikkhu sakkāyadiṭṭhiyā pahānāya maggena samucchedappahānāya appamatto vāyamamāno sato satisampanno hutvā paribbaje vihareyyāti bhagavā avocāti yojanā. Idaṃ suttaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ nāma.
一切积攒起来的财富终究会耗尽,终归于耗尽;一切因缘和合的事物终究会崩坏,终归于崩坏;一切众生都难免一死,一切众生的生命都是无常的。智者看清了这种种怖畏、怖畏的根源——死亡,看清了世俗所说的死亡,就应当去做那些能带来安乐、能带来今生与来世安乐的福德、由布施持戒修习所成的福德。天神这样说。巴利
Sabbe nicayā bhogā khayantā khayapariyosānā bhavanti, sabbe samussayā dhammā patanantā patanapariyosānā bhavanti, sabbesaṃ sattānaṃ maraṇamāgamma sabbesaṃ sattānaṃ jīvitaṃ addhuvaṃ bhavati, iti etaṃ vuttappakāraṃ bhayaṃ bhayahetuṃ maraṇaṃ sammutimaraṇaṃ apekkhamāno paṇḍito sukhāvahāni diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikasukhāvahāni puññāni dānasīlabhāvanāmayapuññāni kayirāthāti devatā avoca.
天子,一切积聚的财富终将耗尽,以耗尽为归宿;一切和合而成的事物终将崩坏,以崩坏为归宿;一切众生都难免一死,一切众生的生命都不长久。智者如此观察这所说的怖畏、怖畏的根源——死亡,又顾念寂静,顾念一切行寂止的涅槃,就应当断除世间的利养和欲乐。世尊这样说了。这部经叫作通达分经。巴利
Devaputta, sabbe nicayā bhogā khayantā khayapariyosānā, sabbe samussayā dhammā patanantā patanapariyosānā, sabbesaṃ sattānaṃ maraṇamāgamma sabbesaṃ sattānaṃ jīvitaṃ addhuvaṃ, iti etaṃ vuttappakāraṃ bhayaṃ bhayahetuṃ maraṇaṃ apekkhamāno santipekkho sabbasaṅkhārupasamaṃ nibbānaṃ apekkhamāno paṇḍito lokāmisaṃ kāmaguṇaṃ pajahe pajaheyyāti bhagavā avocāti yojanā. Idaṃ suttaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ nāma.
那些牟尼的心乐于禅那、安住于禅那,他们安乐而眠,没有忧恼。有慧的智者具备道智,善于入定,精勤努力,心意坚定,心向涅槃,这样的人能渡过难渡的暴流——轮回的暴流。巴利
Māvidha yesaṃ munīnaṃ cittaṃ jhānarataṃ jhāne rataṃ hoti, te munayo sukhaṃ sayanti na socanti. Paññavā maggapaññavā susamāhito āraddhavīriyo pahitatto nibbānaṃ pesitacitto puggalo duttaraṃ oghaṃ saṃsāroghaṃ tarati.
远离了欲想、内心已离欲的漏尽者,以阿罗汉道超越了一切结缚,超越了一切结缚,已经耗尽喜与有。这样的漏尽者不会沉没在深广的轮回大海中——这是经文的连接方式。被称为“喜”的渴爱,以及欲有、色有、无色有,这些就是“喜有”;漏尽者的喜有已经耗尽,所以称为“喜有耗尽”,应当知道这是一个复合词。这部经名为《决择分经》。巴利
Kāmasaññāya virato vigatacitto yo khīṇāsavo sabbasaṃyojanātīto arahattamaggena sabbe saṃyojane atīto nandibhavaparikkhīṇo ahosi, so khīṇāsavo gambhīre saṃsāraṇṇave na sīdatīti yojanā. Nandisaṅkhātā taṇhā ca kāmabhavarūpabhavaarūpabhavā ca nandibhavā, nandibhavā parikkhīṇā yassa khīṇāsavassāti nandibhavaparikkhīṇoti samāso veditabbo. Idaṃ suttaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ nāma.
有智慧的人对阿罗汉们——也就是诸阿罗汉、佛陀、独觉、声闻——的法,包括善行等分类以及三十七菩提分法,生起信心,为了达到涅槃而不放逸,成为明察的人,恭敬地听闻,那么这位有智慧的人就能获得智慧,也就是世间与出世间的智慧。巴利
Arahataṃ arahantānaṃ buddhapaccekabuddhasāvakānaṃ dhammaṃ sucaritādibhedañca sattatiṃsabodhipakkhiyabhedañca dhammaṃ yo paṇḍito saddahāno saddahanto hutvā nibbānappattiyā appamatto vicakkhaṇo hutvā sussūsaṃ sussūsanto bhave, so paṇḍito paññaṃ lokiyalokuttarapaññaṃ labhate labhati.
如果有一个人具足精进,做与合适处所相应的事,不放弃处所、时间等条件,修习与世间和出世间法相应的证得方法,以心理上的精进力承担重担、不放下责任,以身体上的精进力具足奋发,那么这个人就能获得财富,也就是世间与出世间的财富。善士以真实——语言上的真实和胜义的真实——安住在佛陀等所宣说的真实法中,因此获得名声。善士布施时,把别人想要、所求的任何东西施舍出去,以四摄事摄受他人,因此结交朋友,结成最亲密的朋友。如此,这位善士具足真实、法、坚韧、施这四种品质,从此世死后前往他世,因为完全没有忧愁的原因,所以不忧愁。这就是整段话的连接方式。巴利
Yo vīriyavā puggalo patirūpadesakārī desakālādīni ahāpetvā lokiyalokuttaradhammapatirūpaṃ adhigamūpāyaṃ karoti, dhuravā cetasikavīriyena anikkhittadhuro uṭṭhātā kāyikavīriyavasena uṭṭhānasampanno hoti, so vīriyavā puggalo dhanaṃ lokiyalokuttaradhanaṃ vindate adhigacchati. Saccena vacīsaccena ca paramatthasaccena ca buddhādiko saccadhamme ṭhito sappuriso kittiṃ pappoti. Dadaṃ dadanto yaṃ kiñci icchitaṃ patthitaṃ catusaṅgahavatthuṃ dadanto saṅgahanto sappuriso mittāni ekantamittāni ganthati sampādeti, evaṃ catūhi saccadhammadhiticāgehi samannāgato so sappuriso asmā lokā paraṃ lokaṃ pecca gantvā ekantena sokakāraṇassa abhāvato na socatīti yojanā.
乔达摩,你已经断尽一切结缚,从三有中解脱,具足正念。沙门,你用来教导其他天、人等的那些教诫,对于已经断尽一切结缚、从三有中解脱的沙门你来说,并不合适。名叫萨卡的魔众亚卡以偈颂这样对你说。巴利
Gotama, sabbaganthappahīno tīhi bhavehi vippamutto sato satisampanno tvaṃ, samaṇo, aññaṃ devamanussādikaṃ yaṃ anusāsasi yaṃ anusāsanaṃ karosi, taṃ anusāsanaṃ sabbaganthappahīnassa tīhi bhavehi vippamuttassa samaṇassa te tava na sādhūti sakkanāmako mārapakkhiko yakkho gāthāya ajjhabhāsi.
帝释,名叫帝释的夜叉,如果有悲悯心的人因为某种原因、以某种方式与另一个人交往,在同一处共同生活,那么对于这个应当被悲悯的、共同生活的男子,有智慧的人不应该只在心里悲悯,而应该真正地去悲悯。那生起的悲悯就是悲,那生起的怜惜就是慈,还有喜。以这样的悲悯、悲、怜惜、慈和喜所激励、所净化的心,如果有智慧的善士去教导其他天、人等,他所做的教导,这位有智慧的善士不会因为贪欲等结缚而以不顺应的方式与它们相应结合。世尊如此说。这是连接。巴利
‘‘Sakka sakkanāmaka yakkha anukampitena purisena saddhiṃ yena kenaci vaṇṇena kāraṇena saṃvāso ekasmiṃ ṭhāne sahavāso jāyati, taṃ anukampitabbaṃ sahavāsagataṃ purisaṃ sappañño manasā anukampituṃ na arahati anukampituṃyeva arahati. Yā anukampā karuṇā, yā anuddayā mettā, muditā ca uppannā, tāya anukampāya karuṇāya, tāya anuddayāya mettāya muditāya ca samussāhitena pasannena manasā yo sappañño sappuriso aññaṃ devamanussādikaṃ yaṃ anusāsati yaṃ anusāsanaṃ karoti, so sappañño sappuriso tena anusāsanena saṃyutto kāmacchandādīnaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ vasena ananulomasaṃyogena saṃyutto na hotīti bhagavā avocāti yojanā.
102 沙门,贪和嗔这两种法,是以什么为根源、以什么为因、以什么为缘而存在的?不乐、乐和身毛竖立这三种,又是从哪里生起、从哪里来的?就像小孩抓住乌鸦,用长线绑住它的脚,把线头缠在手指上再放开,同样,心意的寻思从哪里生起,然后把心放开?针毛夜叉这样问世尊。巴利
102. Samaṇa , rāgo ca doso ca ime dve dhammā kutonidānā, kiṃnidānā, kiṃpaccayā bhavanti, arati ca rati ca lomahaṃso ca ime tayo kutojā kuto bhavanti? Kumārakā dhaṅkaṃ kākaṃ gahetvā pāde dīghasuttakena bandhitvā suttakoṭiṃ aṅguliyaṃ veṭhetvā osajanti iva, evaṃ manovitakkā kuto samuṭṭhāya cittaṃ osajantīti sūcilomayakkho bhagavantaṃ pucchi.
贪与嗔这两种法,是以此为因、以这个自身为因而生起的;不乐、喜乐和身毛竖立这三种,也是从这里生、从这个自身而来的。就像小孩抓住乌鸦,用长线绑住它的脚,把线头缠在手指上再放开它一样,同样地,心意的寻思从这个自身生起后,就把心放了出去。巴利
Rāgo ca doso ca ime dve dhammā itonidānā ito attabhāvato nidānā jāyanti; arati ca rati ca lomahaṃso ca ime tayo itojā ito attato bhavanti; kumārakā dhaṅkaṃ kākaṃ gahetvā pāde dīghasuttakena bandhitvā suttakoṭiṃ aṅguliyaṃ veṭhetvā osajanti iva, evaṃ manovitakkā ito attabhāvato samuṭṭhāya cittaṃ osajanti.
夜叉,就像尼拘陀树的枝干上长出气根,又像林中依附树木而生的蔓藤,覆盖、缠绕、纵横伸展地缠住那棵树站着;同样,你应当听:从贪爱所生、从渴爱之爱生起、从自身产生、在自身中形成的种种心意寻思——也就是邪恶的心意寻思以及和它们相应的烦恼——在种种欲和可意的欲境上,贪着、黏着、纠缠而住立。巴利
Nigrodhassa khandhajā pārohā sākhāsu jāyanti iva, vane rukkhaṃ nissāya jātā māluvā latā taṃ rukkhaṃ ajjhottharitvā vitatā otatavitatā tiṭṭhati iva, evaṃ, yakkha, tvaṃ suṇohi snehajā taṇhāsnehato jātā attasambhūtā attani sambhūtā puna anekappakārā manovitakkā pāpamanovitakkā ceva taṃsampayuttakilesā ca kāmesu vatthukāmesu visattā laggā saṃsibbitā ṭhitā.
那些智者,当他们认为“什么是这个有身的因缘”时,就由这个因缘而如实了知:那烦恼的稠林就是集谛。这些智者用道谛去消除那作为苦谛——也就是所谓“有身”——之因的烦恼稠林,即集谛。为了不再受生,也就是为了所谓“不再受生”的灭谛,他们渡过了以前从未渡过、在无始轮回中连梦中也不曾渡过、极难度过的这四种烦恼洪流。世尊如此宣说。这就是这段话的连贯意思。巴利
Ye paṇḍitā ‘‘yaṃ nidānaṃ assa attabhāvassā’’ti yatonidānaṃ naṃ kilesagahanaṃ samudayasaccaṃ pajānanti, te paṇḍitā attabhāvasaṅkhātassa dukkhasaccassa nidānabhūtaṃ naṃ kilesagahanaṃ samudayasaccaṃ maggasaccena vinodenti. Apunabbhavāya apunabhavasaṅkhātāya nirodhasaccatthāya atiṇṇapubbaṃ anamatagge saṃsāre supinenāpi atiṇṇapubbaṃ duttaraṃ imaṃ oghaṃ catubbidhaṃ saṃkilesoghaṃ tarantīti bhagavā avocāti yojanā.
世尊,修习沙门法这件事,确实是难做的;世尊,修习沙门法这件事,实在是极难做、极其难做。有一位良家子出家之后,修习沙门法,还没有证得圣位就命终了,转生到天界。那位天子来到世尊面前,这样说道。迦摩达,那些具足戒行、心得安定、安住稳固的七种有学之人,他们就能做到这难行的沙门法。对于离家出家、过无家生活的人来说,知足——也就是对四种资具感到满足——能带来安乐。世尊这样说道。巴利
‘‘Bhagavā, samaṇadhammassa karaṇaṃ nāma dukkaraṃ, bhagavā, samaṇadhammassa karaṇaṃ nāma sudukkaraṃ suṭṭhutaraṃ dukkara’’nti eko kulaputto pabbajitvā samaṇadhammaṃ katvā ariyabhūmiṃ appatvā kālaṃ katvā devaloke nibbatto, so devaputto bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā āha. Kāmada, sīlasamāhitā ṭhitattā ṭhitasabhāvā satta sekkhā puggalā dukkaraṃ vāpi samaṇadhammaṃ karonti. Anagāriyupetassa anagāriyaṃ niggehabhāvaṃ upagatassa pabbajitassa tuṭṭhi catupaccayasantoso sukhāvahā hotī’’ti bhagavā avoca.
世尊,那种能带来安乐的满足,这种满足是很难得到的。那位天子这样说道。迦摩达,那些有学之人,他们的心日夜乐于修习,乐于心的寂止,那些有学之人就能得到这种难得的满足。世尊这样说道。巴利
‘‘Bhagavā, yadidaṃ yā esā tuṭṭhi sukhāvahā, esā tuṭṭhi dullabhā’’ti so devaputto āha. ‘‘Kāmada, yesaṃ sekkhānaṃ mano divā ca ratto ca bhāvanāya rato cittavūpasame rato, te sekkhā dullabhaṃ vāpi tussanaṃ labhantī’’ti bhagavā avoca.
世尊,这颗乐于修习的心,实在难以安定。那位天子这样说道。迦摩达,那些圣者日夜乐于调伏诸根、令其寂静,他们能让这难以安定的心安定下来;迦摩达,那些圣者斩断了死魔之网和烦恼之网,走上正道。世尊这样说道。巴利
‘‘Bhagavā, yadidaṃ yaṃ idaṃ cittaṃ bhāvanāya rataṃ, taṃ cittaṃ dussamādaha’’nti so devaputto āha. ‘‘Kāmada, ye ariyā indriyūpasame rattindivaṃ ratā, te ariyā dussamādahaṃ vāpi cittaṃ samādahanti, kāmada, te ariyā maccuno jālaṃ kilesajālaṃ chetvā maggaṃ gacchantī’’ti bhagavā avoca.
那位天子说:世尊,那条作为前行修行之道来说并不平坦的路,是难行之道。世尊说:迦摩达,圣者们即使走在难行、不平的路上,也能走过去;非圣者们在不平的路上会头朝下栽倒。对圣者们来说,那条路是平坦的,并非不平。因为,圣者们确实在不平的有执之身中也能保持平正。这是连接。巴利
‘‘Bhagavā, yo maggo pubbabhāgapaṭipadāvasena visamo, so maggo duggamo’’ti so devaputto āha. ‘‘Kāmada, ariyā duggame visame vāpi maggaṃ gacchanti, anariyā visame magge avaṃsirā papatanti, ariyānaṃ so maggo samova bhave, na asamo. Hi saccaṃ visame visattakāye ariyā samā bhavantī’’ti bhagavā avocāti yojanā.
103 这座祇园是仙人僧团所依止的,是法王所居住的,它正是让我生起欢喜的祇园,确实就是欢喜的生起者。巴利
103. Yaṃ jetavanaṃ isisaṅghanisevitaṃ dhammarājena āvutthaṃ, idaṃ taṃ jetavanaṃ mama pītisañjananaṃ pītiyā sañjananaṃ karaṃ hi karaṃ eva.
业就是道上的思,明就是道上的慧,法就是定以及属于定的法,戒也是如此。安住在戒中的人,他的生命是最殊胜的。众生就是依靠这八支道而清净的,不是靠种姓或财富而清净的。巴利
Kammaṃ maggacetanākammañca vijjā maggapaññā ca dhammo samādhi ceva samādhipakkhiko ca dhammo sīlaṃ, sīle ṭhitassa jīvitaṃ uttamaṃ, etena aṭṭhaṅgikena maggena sattā sujjhanti, gottena vā dhanena vā sattā na sujjhanti.
因此,众生正是通过圣道才得以清净。智者看到这一点,为了自己的利益,以如理的方法,对法——也就是菩提分法——进行简择。这样简择的时候,那个简择圣道的人就得到清净。巴利
Tasmā maggeneva sattānaṃ visujjhanato attano atthaṃ sampassaṃ passanto paṇḍito poso yoniso upāyena dhammaṃ bodhipakkhiyadhammaṃ vicine vicineyya, evaṃ vicinane sati tattha ariyamagge vicinanto puggalo sujjhati.
舍利弗以戒与寂止到达彼岸,同样,若有比丘也以戒与寂止到达彼岸,这位比丘就是最上的,与舍利弗相似。名为给孤独的天子来到世尊面前,这样说了——这是经文的衔接。这部经名为“决择分经”。巴利
Sāriputto sīlena ca upasamena ca pāraṅgato iva, evaṃ yopi bhikkhu sīlena ca upasamena ca pāraṅgato, so bhikkhu etāva paramo sāriputtasadisova siyāti anāthapiṇḍikanāmo devaputto bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā āhāti yojanā. Idaṃ suttaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ nāma.
对过去——也就是过去的五蕴——不该用贪爱和邪见去追随。对未来——也就是未来的五蕴——不该用贪爱和邪见去期待,不该去希求。因为过去已经断除、已经灭去、已经消失,所以由于过去已断、已灭、已消失的缘故,不该去追随。因为未来还没有到来,所以不该去期待。巴利
Atītaṃ atītakkhandhapañcakaṃ taṇhādiṭṭhīhi nānvāgameyya, anāgataṃ anāgatakkhandhapañcakaṃ taṇhādiṭṭhīhi nappaṭikaṅkhe na pattheyya. Yaṃ yasmā atītaṃ pahīnaṃ niruddhaṃ atthaṅgataṃ, tasmā atītassa pahīnattā niruddhattā atthaṅgatattā nānvāgameyya. Yaṃ yasmā anāgataṃ appattaṃ, tasmā na paṭikaṅkhe.
对于现在的五蕴整体,它具有坏灭的性质,不论它生起在哪个相续中,或生起在森林等任何地方,就在那里——在相续中,或在森林等处——以无常随观等观照这现在法;凭着那些无常随观等,涅槃就成为不被贪等所动摇、所扰乱的。那位观照的智者,在证入以涅槃为所缘的果等至之后,应当持续修习、令它增长。巴利
Paccuppannaṃ khandhapañcakaṃ vayadhammaṃ yattha yattha santāne vā, yattha yattha araññādīsu vā uppannaṃ, tattha tattha santāne vā, tattha tattha araññādīsu vā naṃ paccuppannadhammaṃ yāhi aniccānupassanādīhi vipassati, tāhi aniccānupassanādīhi nibbānaṃ rāgādīhi asaṃhīraṃ asaṃkuppaṃ bhavati, taṃ nibbānaṃ vipassako puggalo vidvā nibbānārammaṇaṃ phalasamāpattiṃ appento hutvā anubrūhaye vaḍḍheyya.
精进就是能烧尽烦恼的热忱,今天就该做的事,就要在今天完成。明天是活着还是死去,谁能知道呢?不要生起“明天我再来做布施等善行”这样的念头,而应该想“今天我就去做”,要这样提起精进。因为死亡是必然的,跟死魔之间没有什么朋友交情,没有什么送礼贿赂,也没有什么约定——死魔就像带着蛇、蝎、毒、刀剑等无数军队的大军一样。巴利
Ātappaṃ saṃkilesānaṃ ātapantaṃ vīriyaṃ ajjeva kiccaṃ kātabbaṃ, suve jīvitaṃ vā maraṇaṃ vā ko jaññā jāneyya, ‘‘suve vā dānādipuññaṃ jānissāmī’’ti cittaṃ anuppādetvā ‘‘ajjeva karissāmī’’ti evaṃ vīriyaṃ kātabbaṃ. Hi saccaṃ maraṇakāraṇabhāvatāya ahivicchikavisasatthādianekāya senāya vasena mahāsenena tena maccunā saddhiṃ mittasanthavākārena vā lañjadānena vā saṅgaraṃ natthīti.
像这样作意之后,对于这样安住的、日夜精勤、不懈怠、不懒惰、奋发努力的善士,已寂静的牟尼确实完全地称他为“一夜贤者”,就是这样连接的。巴利
Evaṃ manasi katvā vihāriṃ viharantaṃ ātāpiṃ ahorattaṃ atanditaṃ analasaṃ uṭṭhāhakaṃ sappurisaṃ ‘‘bhaddekaratto’’ti santo muni ve ekantena ācikkhate ācikkhatiyevāti yojanā.
比丘们,这“有四念处”等经文,无论从巴利原典还是从义注来看,都是清楚明白的。巴利
‘‘Cattārimāni bhikkhave’’tyādisuttaṃ pāḷito ca aṭṭhakathāto ca pākaṭaṃ.
104 阿阇梨已经确定了一部种种不同的、属于决择分的经,我们也已经知道。因为有人应当被问“什么是无学分经”,所以说了“其中,什么是无学分经”等话。其中,就是在那些十六种属于杂染分等的经当中,问哪一部经名叫无学分经。巴利
104. Nānāvidhaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ ācariyena niddhāritaṃ, amhehi ca ñātaṃ, ‘‘katamaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ sutta’’nti pucchitabbattā ‘‘tattha katamaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ sutta’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tatthāti tesu soḷasasu saṃkilesabhāgiyādīsu suttesu katamaṃ suttaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ nāmāti pucchati.
对于那位最上之人,他的心像岩石一样稳固,不会被世间法之风所动摇;他对可贪染的利得等已经离染。因此,那位最上之人在令人动怒的失利等事上也不发怒。那位最上之人的心就是这样以无常等修习起来的;一个已经这样修心、又已超越世间法之因的最上之人,苦还会从哪里来呢?这就是经文的意思连接。这部经因为在无学分的境界上,以能宣说、能使人了知的言词而转起,所以名为无学分经。这个道理,从这以后的其他经也应该这样理解。巴利
Yassa uttamapurisassa cittaṃ selūpamaṃ ṭhitaṃ lokadhammavātehi nānukampati, rajanīyesu lābhādīsu virattaṃ bhave, so uttamapuriso kopaneyye alābhādike na kuppati, tassa uttamapurisassa cittaṃ evaṃ aniccatādinā bhāvitaṃ, naṃ bhāvitacittaṃ uttamapurisaṃ vītikkantalokadhammahetukaṃ dukkhaṃ kuto essatīti yojanā. Idaṃ suttaṃ asekkhabhāge visaye vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ nāma. Esa nayo ito paresupi veditabbo.
因为必须说“这就是属于无学分的那部经”,所以接着说了“尊者……等”这样的话。巴利
‘‘Asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ idamevā’’ti vattabbabhāvato ‘‘āyasmato cā’’tiādi vuttaṃ.
如果一位婆罗门因为已经断除了一切恶法,而成为断除恶法的人,那么他就因为不再有高傲而成为没有高傲的人,因为已经彻底断除了烦恼尘垢而成为没有尘垢的人,因为以戒律防护、调伏其心而成为善自调御的人;如果一位婆罗门因为以四道之智到达了究竟涅槃,而成为到达究竟彼岸的人,因为如法地过着梵行生活而成为已住梵行的人。如果这位婆罗门在世间任何地方都没有高傲——没有贪的高傲、没有嗔的高傲、没有痴的高傲、没有慢的高傲、没有邪见的高傲,那么世尊说,这位婆罗门就可以说“我是婆罗门”这样合乎梵行的话。巴利
Yo brāhmaṇo bāhitapāpadhammattā bāhitapāpadhammo bhave, so brāhmaṇo niggatahuṃhuṃkattā nihuṃhuṅko bhave, niggatakilesakasāvattā nikkasāvo bhave, sīlasaṃvarena saṃyatacittatāya yatatto bhave, yo brāhmaṇo catumaggañāṇavedehi antaṃ nibbānaṃ gatattā vedantagū bhave, dhammena vusitabrahmacariyattā vusitabrahmacariyo bhave. Yassa brāhmaṇassa kuhiñci loke ussadā rāgussado dosussado mohussado mānussado diṭṭhussado natthi, so brāhmaṇo brahmavādaṃ ‘‘ahaṃ brāhmaṇomhī’’ti vācaṃ vadeyyāti bhagavā avocāti yojanā.
那些佛陀断除了邪恶不善的法,始终具足正念、正念现前地行持,已经断尽一切结缚,他们在世间确实被一致称为婆罗门。世尊这样说了。这是连贯起来的释义。巴利
Ye buddhā pāpake akusale dhamme bāhitvā sadā caranti satā satisampannā khīṇasaṃyojanā, te buddhā lokasmiṃ brāhmaṇāti ve ekantena kathīyantīti avocāti yojanā.
在涅槃中,水、地、火、风都站不住、立不住;在涅槃中,金星和群星都不发光;在涅槃中,太阳不照耀;在涅槃中,月亮不辉映;在涅槃中,黑暗根本不存在。巴利
Yattha nibbāne āpo ca pathavī ca tejo ca vāyo ca na gādhati na patiṭṭhahati, tattha nibbāne sukkā gahā ceva tārakā ca na jotanti, tattha nibbāne ādicco nappakāsati, tattha nibbāne candimā na bhāti, tattha nibbāne tamo na vijjati.
若有婆罗门,自己以牟尼的寂默亲自了知、证得、获得、通达那涅槃,那么在通达的那一刹那,这位婆罗门就从色与色法、从无色与无色法、从乐与苦中解脱出来——世尊如此说。这是句义连接。巴利
Yo brāhmaṇo attanā sayaṃ muni monena yadā taṃ nibbānaṃ avedi vindati paṭilabhati paṭivijjhati, atha paṭivijjhanakkhaṇe so brāhmaṇo rūpā rūpadhammato ca arūpā arūpadhammato ca sukhadukkhā sukhadukkhato ca pamuccatīti avocāti yojanā.
夜叉,如果有婆罗门在自己的种种自体法中,在诸取蕴中,在诸谛中,在诸法中都已到达彼岸,那么在他到达彼岸的那一刻,这位婆罗门就超越了你所说的这个“阿迦罗婆迦”,超越了这食肉鬼和烦恼食肉鬼,也超越了你所制造的种种混乱与搅乱——世尊是这样说的,这就是这段的连缀释义。巴利
Yakkha, yo brāhmaṇo sakesu sakaattabhāvesu dhammesu upādānakkhandhesu saccesu, dhammesu ca pāragū hoti, atha pāragamanakkhaṇe so brāhmaṇo etaṃ ajakalāpakaṃ tayā vuttaṃ etaṃ pisācaṃ kilesapisācañca , tayā kataṃ akkulañca akkulaṃ, pakkulakaraṇaṃ ativattatīti avocāti yojanā.
如果有比丘,对迎面走来、回到身边的前妻或其他走来的女人,心里不欢喜;对转身离去、离开身边的前妻或其他离去的女人,心里不难过;已经从五种束缚中解脱出来,这样的离缚比丘,我说他就是“婆罗门”——世尊这样说了。这是句义连接。巴利
Yo bhikkhu āyantiṃ āgacchantiṃ purāṇadutiyikaṃ bhariyaṃ vā, aññaṃ āgacchantiṃ itthiṃ vā cittena na abhinandati, pakkamantiṃ purāṇadutiyikaṃ bhariyaṃ vā, aññaṃ pakkamantiṃ itthiṃ vā cittena na socati, saṅgā pañcavidhatopi saṅgato muttaṃ saṅgāmajiṃ taṃ bhikkhuṃ ‘‘brāhmaṇa’’nti ahaṃ vadāmīti avocāti yojanā.
在这里,河里有很多人沐浴,但那些沐浴的人并不会因为用水洗浴就变得清净。如果一个人身上有真谛以及随顺真谛的其余诸法,这个人才是清净的,这个人才是婆罗门——世尊是这样说的,这就是句义衔接;清净与不清净的情况,在复注中已经详细说过了。巴利
Ettha nadiyaṃ bahujano nhāyati, so bahujano nhāyako udakena udakanhānena sucī na hoti. Yamhi puggale saccaṃ, saccato sesadhammo ca atthi, so puggalo sucī ca hoti, so puggalo brāhmaṇo ca hotīti avocāti yojanā; suciasucibhāvo ṭīkāyaṃ vitthārato vuttova.
当一位婆罗门带着能烧尽烦恼的精进在禅修,他的真实法义完全显现时,就在诸法显现的那一刹那,这位婆罗门驱散着、不断驱散魔军而安住。因为要说明“像什么呢”,所以接着说“如同太阳照亮虚空”。就像太阳照亮虚空而安住那样,他也如此安住——这是句义的连接方式。巴利
Ātāpino jhāyato yassa brāhmaṇassa dhammā saccadhammā yadā have ekantena pātubhavanti, tadā dhammānaṃ pātubhavanakkhaṇe so brāhmaṇo mārasenaṃ vidhūpayaṃ vidhūpayanto tiṭṭhati. ‘‘Kimivā’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘sūriyova obhāsayamantalikkha’’nti vuttaṃ. Sūriyo antalikkhaṃ obhāsayanto tiṭṭhati iva, evaṃ tiṭṭhatīti yojanā.
那位穿粪扫衣的比丘,已经超越了全部四种轭,在这个还有所执着的世间里无所执着地行住,践行四种威仪。他具有不被任何道断除的自性,以尚未证得的自身证得了尚未证得的三明;他安住时诸根寂静。你们应当去见这样一位穿粪扫衣的比丘。巴利
Yo paṃsukūliko bhikkhu sabbāni cattāri yogāni upātivatto sakiñcane loke akiñcano iriyati catubbidhairiyāpathaṃ vatteti. Apahānadhammaṃ kenaci maggena appahānasabhāvaṃ appattakāyena appattaṃ tevijjapattaṃ, iriyamānaṃ santindriyaṃ taṃ paṃsukūlikaṃ bhikkhuṃ tumhe passatha.
像良马、人中的良马一样,能断除种姓的力量——也就是断除那种“我是种姓婆罗门”、只凭出身就生起的力量。众多殊胜的天神来到梵天宫殿,对这位粪扫衣比丘生起净信心,在这教法中,或在梵天宫中,向他致敬。这里“na”是一个随入音。巴利
Ājāniyaṃ purisaājānīyaṃ jātibalanisedhaṃ ‘‘ahaṃ jātibrāhmaṇo’’ti jātimattakena pavattamānabalanisedhakaṃ taṃ paṃsukūlikaṃ bhikkhuṃ sambahulā uḷārā devatā brahmaṃ vimānaṃ upasaṅkamitvā idha sāsane, brahmavimāne vā pasannacittā hutvā namassanti. Nidhāti ca ettha na-kāro āgamo.
人中的良骏啊,我们向您致敬!人中最胜者啊,我们向您致敬!我们不知道您所依止的人是谁,您是依止哪一个人来修禅那的呢?他们这样说道。这是句义的连接说明。巴利
Purisājañña te tava amhākaṃ namo atthu, purisuttama te tava amhākaṃ namo atthu, yassa te tava nissayaṃ mayaṃ nābhijānāma, so tvaṃ kiṃ puggalaṃ nissāya jhāyasīti avocunti yojanā.
有些比丘时常以听闻佛法的方式长期共住在一起,这些比丘确实是彼此的同修伙伴。对于这些同修比丘来说,在佛陀所宣说的法中,正法得以契合。巴利
Ye bhikkhū kālena kālaṃ dhammassavanavasena cirarattaṃ sametikā bhavanti, ime bhikkhū sahāyā honti vata. Nesaṃ sahāyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhamme buddhappavedite dhamme saddhammo sameti.
摩诃劫宾那在圣者所宣说的法中把他们善加调教,这些同修比丘们战胜了带着随从的魔罗,维持着最后的身躯——世尊这样说道。这是句义的连属。巴利
Kappinena ariyappavedite dhamme suvinītā te sahāyakā bhikkhū savāhiniṃ māraṃ jetvā antimaṃ dehaṃ attabhāvaṃ dhārentīti avocāti yojanā.
以懈怠的精进为因,瑜伽行者不可能证得这个能解脱一切苦的涅槃;只靠一点点微弱的坚韧之力,也不可能证得这个涅槃。巴利
Sithilaṃ vīriyaṃ ārabbha sabbadukkhappamocanaṃ idaṃ nibbānaṃ yogāvacarena na adhigantabbaṃ, appena appakena thāmasā idaṃ nibbānaṃ na adhigantabbaṃ.
这位修瑜伽行的比丘还很年轻,而那个战胜了带着随从的魔罗、持有最后之身的人,就是这位男子,他就是那位最上之人——世尊这样说了。这是句义连接。本来该说“puriso”(人),但为了随顺音韵,说成了“poriso”。巴利
Ayañca yogāvacaro bhikkhu daharo, yo puriso savāhiniṃ māraṃ jetvā antimaṃ dehaṃ attabhāvaṃ dhāreti, so ayaṃ puriso so uttamapurisovāti avocāti yojanā. ‘‘Puriso’’ti vattabbe chandānurakkhaṇavasena ‘‘poriso’’ti vuttaṃ.
摩伽罗阇,一个形貌丑陋、穿着粗劣袈裟、始终具念、念圆满、漏已尽、离结者、应作已办、无漏、具三明、得神通、善知他心差别的人,这位比丘战胜了带着随从的魔罗,持有最后之身——世尊这样说。这是连接释义。巴利
Mogharāja, dubbaṇṇako lūkhacīvaro sadā sato satisampanno khīṇāsavo ca visaṃyutto ca katakicco ca anāsavo ca tevijjo ca iddhippatto ca cetopariyāyakovido ca so bhikkhu savāhiniṃ māraṃ jetvā antimaṃ dehaṃ dhāretīti avocāti yojanā.
105 在“如来”等语句中,其搭配关系是清楚的。这部经因为是在无学分的范围内,以能说示、能使人了知的形态而展开,所以名为无学分经。巴利
105.‘‘Tathāgato’’tiādīsu yojanā pākaṭā. Idaṃ suttaṃ asekkhabhāge visaye vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ nāma.
106 106. 阿阇梨已经确定了一部属于无学分的种种不同的经,我们也已经知道它。因为应当问“哪一部经是杂染分和习气分的经”,所以说了“其中,哪一部经是杂染分和习气分的经”等等。其中,就是在那些十六种杂染分等的经里面,问哪一部经叫作杂染分和习气分的经。巴利
106. Nānāvidhaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ ācariyena niddhāritaṃ, amhehi ca ñātaṃ, ‘‘katamaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca vāsanābhāgiyañca sutta’’nti vattabbattā ‘‘tattha katamaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca vāsanābhāgiyañca sutta’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tatthāti tesu soḷasasu saṃkilesabhāgiyādīsu suttesu katamaṃ suttaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca vāsanābhāgiyañca suttaṃ nāmāti pucchati.
比丘犯了罪又把它覆藏起来,恶作等罪雨就不断降下;比丘犯了罪,把它公开揭露、发露、禀告,恶作等罪雨就不再降下。因此,因为覆藏的人罪雨降下、公开的人罪雨不降下,所以应当把覆藏的罪公开揭露、发露、禀告;这样公开的时候,那位公开的比丘,恶作等罪雨就不再降下——这就是这里的连接方式。巴利
Channaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitvā channaṃ chādentaṃ bhikkhuṃ dukkaṭādivasso ativassati, vivaṭaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitvā vivaṭaṃ desentaṃ ācikkhantaṃ bhikkhuṃ dukkaṭādivasso nātivassati, tasmā channassa ativassanato ca vivaṭassa nātivassanato ca channaṃ chāditabbaṃ āpattiṃ vivaretha desetha ārocetha , evaṃ vivaraṇe sati taṃ vivarantaṃ bhikkhuṃ dukkaṭādivasso nātivassatīti yojanā.
有人要问:“在这部经里,用多少内容显示了杂染?用多少内容显示了习气?”所以就说:“‘覆藏者罪雨降下’是杂染,‘显露者罪雨不降下’是习气,‘因此,应揭露覆藏,这样它就不降下’——这既是杂染也是习气。”用“覆藏者罪雨降下”这一句,显示了杂染;用“显露者罪雨不降下”这一句,显示了习气;用“因此,应揭露覆藏,这样它就不降下”这一句,既显示了杂染,也显示了习气。这部“覆藏者……降下”的经,因为在杂染分的范围和习气分的范围里,都是以能说能表的方式运作,所以名为杂染分与习气分之经。巴利
‘‘Imasmiṃ sutte kittakena saṃkileso dassito, kittakena vāsanā dassitā’’ti pucchitabbattā ‘‘channamativassatī’’ti saṃkileso, ‘vivaṭaṃ nātivassatī’ti vāsanā, ‘tasmā channaṃ vivaretha, evaṃ taṃ nātivassatī’ti ayaṃ saṃkileso ca vāsanā cā’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Channamativassatī’’ti ettakena saṃkileso dassito. ‘‘Vivaṭaṃ nātivassatī’’ti ettakena vāsanā dassitā. ‘‘Tasmā channaṃ vivaretha, evaṃ taṃ nātivassatī’’ti ettakena ayaṃ saṃkileso ca dassito, ayaṃ vāsanā ca dassitā. Idaṃ ‘‘channaṃ…pe... vassatī’’ti suttaṃ saṃkilesabhāge visaye ca vāsanābhāge visaye ca vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato saṃkilesabhāgiyañca vāsanābhāgiyañca suttaṃ nāma.
因为应当说“属于杂染部分和属于习气部分的经就只有这些”,所以说了“有这四种大王”等话。因为应当问“在这四种人当中,哪些人是属于杂染部分的人,哪些人是属于习气部分的人”,所以说了“其中,哪个人”等话。其中,就是指在从暗至暗等四种人当中。这个意思很清楚。而这部“有这四种”等经,因为是在属于杂染部分的两种人和属于习气部分的两种人上,以能说、能表明的方式进行的,所以称为属于杂染部分和属于习气部分的经。巴利
‘‘Saṃkilesabhāgiyañca vāsanābhāgiyañca suttaṃ ettakamevā’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘cattārome mahārājā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. ‘‘Tesu catūsu puggalesu katame puggalā saṃkilesabhāgiyā, katame puggalā vāsanābhāgiyā’’ti pucchitabbattā ‘‘tattha yo ca puggalo’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tatthāti tesu catūsu tamotamaparāyaṇādīsu puggalesu. Tassattho pākaṭo. Idaṃ ‘‘cattārome’’tiādikaṃ suttaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyesu dvīsu puggalesu ca vāsanābhāgiyesu dvīsu puggalesu ca vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato saṃkilesabhāgiyañca vāsanābhāgiyañca suttaṃ nāma.
阿阇梨已经确定了一部种种杂染分和习气分的经,我们也已经知道。因为应当问“什么叫杂染分和决择分的经”,所以说了“其中,什么叫杂染分和决择分的经”等。它的意思应当按前面所说的方式来了知。巴利
Nānāvidhaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca vāsanābhāgiyañca suttaṃ ācariyena niddhāritaṃ, amhehi ca ñātaṃ, ‘‘katamaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ nāmā’’ti pucchitabbattā tattha katamaṃsaṃkilesabhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca sutta’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tassattho vuttanayena veditabbo.
世间有铁做的束缚、木做的束缚、草做的束缚,那些智者——诸佛等贤明之人——不会把这些铁束缚等称为“坚固的束缚”。可是,对于宝珠耳环、儿女和妻子,世间存在着极度染着、被强烈贪染所染的执著,智者、贤明之人就把这种称为极度染着执著的贪缚,说它是“坚固的束缚”。通过这段经文,就显示了这个名为极度染着执著的不善法,就是杂染。巴利
Ayasaṃ yaṃ bandhanañca dārujaṃ yaṃ bandhanañca pabbajaṃ yaṃ bandhanañca loke atthi, taṃ ayasādibandhanaṃ ‘‘daḷhaṃ bandhana’’nti dhīrā buddhādayo paṇḍitapurisā na āhu. Maṇikuṇḍalesu ca puttesu ca dāresu ca yā sārattarattā balavarāgarattā apekkhā loke vijjati, taṃ sārattarattaapekkhāsaṅkhātaṃ rāgabandhanaṃ ‘‘daḷhaṃ bandhana’’nti dhīrā paṇḍitapurisā āhu. Iminā suttappadesena ayaṃ sārattarattaapekkhāsaṅkhāto akusaladhammo saṃkileso dassito.
因为要回答“由什么显示了厌离”,所以说了“此”等话。智者、贤明的人称这贪的束缚为“坚固的束缚”。这贪的束缚会把人拖下去,把人拖到下面的恶趣;它是松弛的,因为在束缚的地方不会伤到皮肤等,所以是松弛的;它是难以解脱的,因为由贪欲之力,即使只生起一次贪的束缚,也极难摆脱。智者、贤明的人用道切断这所说的贪的束缚后,成为无所期待的人,舍弃欲乐而出家游行。就这样,通过这段经文,显示了这条道就是厌离。这部“铁”等经,因为在贪等杂染的部分和习气的部分这两个领域中,以能表达、能说明的方式运作,所以称为杂染分与习气分的经。巴利
‘‘Kena nibbedho dassito’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘eta’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Dhīrā paṇḍitapurisā etaṃ rāgabandhanaṃ ‘‘daḷhaṃ bandhana’’nti āhu. Etaṃ rāgabandhanaṃ ohārinaṃ heṭṭhā apāyaṃ avaharaṇaṃ hoti, sithilaṃ bandhanaṭṭhāne chaviādīni akopetattā sithilaṃ hoti, duppamuñcaṃ lobhavasena ekavārampi uppannassa rāgabandhanassa dummocayattā duppamuñcaṃ hoti, paṇḍitapurisā etampi vuttappakāraṃ rāgabandhanampi maggena chetvāna anapekkhino hutvā kāmasukhaṃ pahāya paribbajanti. Iti iminā suttappadesena ayaṃ maggo nibbedho dassito. Idaṃ ‘‘ayasa’’ntiādikaṃ suttaṃ rāgādisaṃkilesabhāge visaye ca vāsanābhāge visaye ca vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato saṃkilesabhāgiyañca vāsanābhāgiyañca suttaṃ nāma.
107 比丘们,凡是有所意图,凡是有所思虑,凡是令其生起,凡是有所图谋,凡是作出图谋,凡是有所潜伏,凡是存在随眠——这个意图、这个图谋、这个随眠,就成为识安住的所缘和条件。当所缘这个条件存在时,那个行识就有了立足处。当那个行识立足、增长时,未来就会有再生、有识等的生起。当未来有再生时,未来就会有生、老、死,就会有忧等的生起。巴利
107. Bhikkhave, yañca ceteti yañca cetanaṃ nibbatteti, yañca pakappeti yañca pakappanaṃ karoti, yañca anuseti yañca anusayanaṃ bhavati, etaṃ cetanaṃ etaṃ pakappanaṃ etaṃ anusayanaṃ viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā ārammaṇaṃ paccayo hoti. Ārammaṇe paccaye sati tassa abhisaṅkhāra viññāṇassa patiṭṭhā hoti. Tasmiṃ abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇe patiṭṭhite viruḷhe sati āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti viññāṇādinibbatti hoti. Āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbattiyā sati āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ sambhavati. Āyatiṃ soka…pe… samudayo hoti.
比丘们,如果一个人不去刻意思虑,也不去反复图谋,但即便如此,他仍然有潜在倾向,随眠依然存在;这样一来,这个随眠就成为识——也就是行识——的所缘和条件……于是生起。就这样,通过这段经文,显示了前面所说的这类以思虑为首的种种不善法就是杂染。巴利
Bhikkhave, ce no ceteti, ce no pakappeti, atha tathāpi ce anuseti anusayanaṃ bhavati, evaṃ sati etaṃ anusayanaṃ viññāṇassa abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇassa ārammaṇaṃ paccayo hoti…pe… samudayo hoti. Iti iminā suttappadesena ayaṃ vuttappakāro cetayanādiko akusaladhammo saṃkileso dassito.
因为要说明“以什么显示了决择”,所以才说了“然而,当”等这一段。比丘们,当圣道行者的心既不思念、也不图谋、也不潜在时,这种不思念、不图谋、不潜在的状态,就不会成为识——也就是行识——的所缘和条件……未来生、老、死就灭尽,未来的忧……就灭尽……就归于灭尽。这样,通过这段经文,这条圣道就被显示为决择。而这部以“比丘们,凡”开头的经,因为它在杂染分和决择分这两个范围内,都以能说、能表明的方式运作,所以就叫作“杂染分与决择分”之经。巴利
‘‘Kena nibbedho dassito’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘yato cā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Bhikkhave, yato ca ariyamaggiko neva ceteti, no ca pakappeti, no ca anuseti, etaṃ acetayanaṃ etaṃ akappanaṃ etaṃ ananusayanaṃ viññāṇassa abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇassa ārammaṇaṃ paccayo na hoti…pe… āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ nirujjhati, āyatiṃ soka…pe… yāsā nirujjhanti…pe… nirodho hoti. Iti iminā suttappadesena ayaṃ ariyamaggo nibbedho dassito. Idaṃ ‘‘yañca bhikkhave’’tiādikaṃ suttaṃ saṃkilesabhāge visaye ca nibbedhabhāge visaye ca vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato saṃkilesabhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ nāma.
108 老师已经判定了一部既属于杂染分、又属于通达分的经,我们也已经知道这一点。因为需要问“什么是既属于杂染分又属于无学分的经”,所以说了“其中,什么是既属于杂染分又属于无学分的经”等等。它的含义应当按前面所说的方式来理解。巴利
108. Nānāvidhaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ ācariyena niddhāritaṃ, amhehi ca ñātaṃ, ‘‘katamaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca asekkhabhāgiyañca sutta’’nti pucchitabbattā ‘‘tattha katamaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca asekkhabhāgiyañca sutta’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tassattho vuttanayena veditabbo.
比丘们,没有听闻正法的凡夫把那个充满水的海洋说成“海、海”。他是根据什么含义来说的呢?他是根据难以填满、在其中流转、难以跨越这三层含义,才把它说成“海”。比丘们,这样一来,这个充满水的海洋,按圣者世尊的教法中所说的含义,其实算不上是“海”。比丘们,这个充满水的海洋,只是一大堆水、一大片水而已。
比丘们,对一个人来说,眼才是海,眼所对应的色所构成的、色处所构成的,才是它的汹涌激流。这是什么含义呢?从大地一直到阿迦尼吒梵天界,即使所缘的是青色等色,它仍然难以填满;在无始的轮回中不断流转;又难以跨越——正因这三层含义,眼本身就是海。青色等色处的所缘无量无边,由这无量无边的浪涛般的激流而流转,所以青色等色本身就是激流。这样,通过这段经文,就开示了眼即是海、色所构成的激流,以及杂染和杂染之因。巴利
Bhikkhave, assutavā puthujjano samuddo jalasāgarasamuddo ‘‘samuddo samuddo’’ti bhāsati. Kenaṭṭhena bhāsati? Duppūraṇaṭṭhena ca saṃsaraṇaṭṭhena ca duratikkamanaṭṭhena ca samuddoti bhāsati. Evaṃ sati, bhikkhave, eso jalasāgarasamuddo ariyassa bhagavato vinaye vuttappakāraṭṭhena samuddo na hoti. Bhikkhave, eso jalasāgarasamuddo mahā udakarāsi mahā udakaṇṇavo hoti. Bhikkhave, cakkhu purisassa samuddo hoti, tassa cakkhussa rūpamayo rūpāyatanamayo vego. Kenaṭṭhena? Pathavito yāva akaniṭṭhabrahmalokā nīlādirūpārammaṇaṃ samosarantampi duppūraṇaṭṭhena ca anamatagge saṃsāre saṃsaraṇaṭṭhena ca duratikkamanaṭṭhena ca cakkhumeva samuddo hoti. Nīlādirūpāyatanassa appameyyassa appameyyena ūmimayena vegena saṃsaraṇaṭṭhena nīlādirūpameva vego hoti. Iti iminā suttappadesena ayaṃ cakkhu samuddo rūpamayo vego ca saṃkileso saṃkilesahetu dassito.
因为要说明“以什么开示了无学者”,所以说了“那位……”等话。安住在阿罗汉果中的那位阿罗汉,能忍受色法所形成的急流,对可爱的色不生贪,对不可爱的色不生嗔,对非舍之处不生痴,以舍的状态而忍受。诸比丘,这样的阿罗汉被称为已经渡过了有波浪、有漩涡、有鳄鱼、有罗刹的眼海;被称为已经渡过、到达彼岸、站在陆地上的婆罗门。这样,通过这段经文,开示了这位安住在阿罗汉果中的无学者。巴利
‘‘Kena asekkho dassito’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘yo ta’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Yasmiṃ arahattaphale ṭhito yo arahā rūpamayaṃ taṃ vegaṃ sahati manāpe rūpe rāgaṃ, amanāpe rūpe dosaṃ, asamapekkhane mohaṃ anuppādento hutvā upekkhakabhāvena sahati, ayaṃ arahā, bhikkhave, saūmiṃ sāvaṭṭaṃ sagahaṃ sarakkhasaṃ cakkhusamuddaṃ atarīti vuccati, tiṇṇo pāraṅgato thale tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇoti vuccati. Iti iminā suttappadesena ayaṃ arahattaphalabhūto asekkho dassito.
“诸比丘,耳……”等文中,也应该按这个方式,随其相应的情况来了知其含义。而“海”等这类经文,因为在杂染分的领域和无学分的领域里,都是以能说、能指示的方式生起的,所以称为杂染分所摄经和无学分所摄经。巴利
‘‘Sotaṃbhikkhave’’tiādīsupi iminā nayena yathāsambhavaṃ attho veditabbo. Idaṃ ‘‘samuddo’’tiādikaṃ suttaṃ saṃkilesabhāge visaye ca asekkhabhāge visaye ca vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato saṃkilesabhāgiyañca asekkhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ nāma.
因为要表达“就只是这个程度而已”,所以接着说了“有这六种……”等话。比丘们,在世间,为了众生的衰败、为了众生的不利、为了对众生的伤害,我所说的这些鱼钩有六种。是哪六种呢?比丘们,有眼所识、由眼识所了别的、悦意的、可爱的、令人想要的、令人欢喜的、使人心增长的、令人欢喜的形相、令人欢喜的本性、引生欲望的、与烦恼欲俱行的、令人染着的色,也就是青等色所缘。如果比丘对这样所说的色心生欢喜,以带着喜悦的渴爱而欢喜,如果开口说“啊,真是快乐!啊,真是快乐!”而被渴爱驱使着说,如果执取不舍地安住,像吞下去一样彻底执取而安住,比丘们,这样一来,这位比丘就被称为“吞了鱼钩的……波旬的”。在这里,虽然因为青等差别而有多种多样,所以用复数来说明“色是悦意的……令人染着的”,但应知道,由于以色处、色所缘的性质以及眼所识的性质来说,并没有超出同一种性质,所以又用单数说“那”。在“比丘们,有耳所识的……”等文中,也应依照这个道理,按各自相应的情况来了知含义。这样,通过这段经文,开示了眼所识等六种鱼钩,作为杂染,被显示为烦恼之因。巴利
‘‘Ettakamevā’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘chayime’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Bhikkhave, lokasmiṃ sattānaṃ anayāya anatthāya pāṇīnaṃ byābādhāya ime mayā vuccamānā baḷisā cha bhavanti. Katame cha? Bhikkhave, cakkhuviññeyyā cakkhuviññāṇena viññeyyā iṭṭhā kantā kāmanīyā manāpā manavaḍḍhakā piyarūpā piyasabhāvā kāmūpasaṃhitā kilesakāmasahitā rajanīyā rūpā nīlādirūpārammaṇā santi, taṃ vuttappakāraṃ rūpaṃ bhikkhu ce abhinandati sappītikataṇhāya abhimukho nandati, ce abhivadati ‘‘aho sukhaṃ aho sukha’’nti vadāpentiyā taṇhāyanavasena abhivadati, ce ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati gilitvā viya pariniṭṭhapetvā tiṭṭhati, evaṃ sati, bhikkhave, ayaṃ bhikkhu ‘‘gilitabaḷiso…pe… pāpimato’’ti vuccati. Ettha ca nīlādibhedena anekavidhattā ‘‘rūpā iṭṭhā…pe… rajanīyā’’ti bahuvacananiddeso katopi rūpāyatanarūpārammaṇabhāvena ca cakkhuviññeyyabhāvena ca ekavidhataṃ anativattanato ‘‘ta’’nti ekavacananiddeso katoti veditabbo. ‘‘Santi, bhikkhave, sotaviññeyyā’’tiādīsupi iminā nayena yathāsambhavaṃ attho veditabbo. Iti iminā suttappadesena ayaṃ cakkhuviññeyyādiko chabbidho baḷiso saṃkileso kilesahetu dassito.
因为要说明“以什么开示了无学者”,所以说了“有……”等这一段。巴利
‘‘Kena asekkho dassito’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘santi cā’’tiādi vuttaṃ.
他破坏了,击碎了;他彻底破坏了,从四面八方击碎了。就这样,通过这段经文,显示了这位已证得阿罗汉果的无学圣者。这段“有这六种……”等经文,按照前面所说的方式,名为杂染分经和无学分经。巴利
Abhedi bhindi, paribhedi parisamantato bhindi. Iti iminā suttappadesena ayaṃ arahattaphalabhūto asekkho dassito. Idaṃ ‘‘chayime’’tiādikaṃ suttaṃ vuttanayena saṃkilesabhāgiyañca asekkhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ nāma.
109 老师已经确定了一部内容多样的、属于杂染分也属于无学分经的经,我们也已经了解了。因为应当问“哪一部是杂染分、通达分和无学分经?”所以说了“其中,哪一部是杂染分、通达分和无学分经?”等话。巴利
109. Nānāvidhaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca asekkhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ ācariyena niddhāritaṃ, amhehi ca ñātaṃ, ‘‘katamaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca asekkhabhāgiyañca sutta’’nti pucchitabbattā ‘‘tattha katamaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca asekkhabhāgiyañca sutta’’ntiādi vuttaṃ.
这个世间,也就是众生世间,生起了热恼:一方面因为亲属遭难等而生起忧愁悲伤的热恼,另一方面因为贪欲等而生起炽烈燃烧的热恼。它被触所逼迫,被种种苦触所压制,一边哭一边悲泣地说着话。它说什么呢?因为自身没有修习身,无法忍受自己所触到的苦,就哭着、悲泣地说:“啊,苦啊!这样的苦,但愿连我的敌人也不要碰上!”诸如此类。因为应该问“它为什么这样说呢”,所以说了“凡夫以种种方式执取自我……”等话。这些众生以种种贪欲执著等方式,从自我出发来设想苦的对治办法,然而,那种苦应当以不同于那种方式的另一种方式来对治,因为实际情况就是如此。巴利
Ayaṃloko sattaloko santāpajāto ñātibyasanādivasena jātasokasantāpo ceva rāgādivasena jātapariḷāhasantāpo ca phassapareto anekehi dukkhasamphassehi abhibhūto rodaṃ rodanto vadati. Kinti vadati? Attanā phuṭṭhaṃ dukkhaṃ abhāvitakāyatāya adhivāsetuṃ asakkonto hutvā ‘‘aho dukkhaṃ, īdisaṃ dukkhaṃ mayhaṃ sattunopi mā hotū’’tiādinā rodanto vilapanto vadati, ‘‘kasmā evaṃ vadatī’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘attato yena yena hi maññantī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Ete sattā yena yena kāmajjhosādinā pakārena attato dukkhassa paṭikāraṃ maññanti, tato pakārato aññathā aññena pakārena taṃ dukkhaṃ tikicchitabbaṃ hi yasmā hoti.
所谓“变异性”是指:他哭着、悲泣着说话,或者以伤害他人等方式,认为并期望自己能得到增长,但恰恰从那种方式出发,反而变成了没有增长。因为所期望的确实变成了没有增长,所以,由于所认为、所期望的事物具有变异的性质,他哭着、悲泣着说话——这众生世间正是哭着、悲泣着说话的。因为应当追问“对于此,说什么?”,所以说了“执着于有”等。执着于有的世间,是执着、系着于欲有等的世间,只欢喜有,即只欢喜欲有等有本身。他们所欢喜的有,因为伴随着老死等众多灾祸,以可怖畏之义而成为怖畏。对于恐惧老死等苦者,那老死等苦的依处,便是苦、是苦所依之处。如此,通过这段经文,显示了这种以热恼等为特征的杂染及杂染之因。巴利
Aññathābhāvīti yasmā rodaṃ rodanto vadati, yena yena vā paravihiṃsādipakārena attano vaḍḍhiṃ maññanti āsīsanti, tato pakārato aññathā avaḍḍhi eva hoti. Taṃ āsīsitabbaṃ aññathābhāvi avaḍḍhitabhāvi eva hi yasmā hoti, tasmā maññitabbassa āsīsitabbassa aññathā bhavanasīlattā rodaṃ rodanto vadati, ayaṃ sattaloko rodanto ca hutvā vadati. ‘‘Ki’’nti pucchitabbattā ‘‘bhavasatto’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Bhavasatto kāmabhavādīsu satto visatto loko bhavameva kāmabhavādibhavameva abhinandati. Yaṃ bhavaṃ abhinandati, taṃ jarāmaraṇādianekabyasanānubandhattā bhayānakaṭṭhena bhayaṃ hoti. Yassa yato jarāmaraṇādito bhāyati, taṃ jarāmaraṇādidukkhassa adhiṭṭhānabhāvato dukkhaṃ dukkhādhiṭṭhānaṃ hoti. Iti iminā suttappadesena ayaṃ santāpādiko saṃkileso saṃkilesahetu dassito.
杂染已经显示出来了。因为接着应当说明“是通过什么显示了厌离”,所以说了“为了断除有”等话。然而,为了断除有,也就是为了舍断欲有等有,我所证得的这种道与梵行才被称为修习。这样,通过这段经文,就显示了这条作为梵行的道,也就是厌离。巴利
Saṃkileso dassito, ‘‘kena nibbedho dassito’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘bhavavippahānāya kho’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Bhavavippahānāya kho pana kāmabhavādikassa bhavassa pajahanatthāya eva idaṃ mayā adhigataṃ maggabrahmacariyaṃ vussati. Iti iminā suttappadesena ayaṃ brahmacariyabhūto maggo nibbedho dassito.
老师用“为了断除有”等话,纯粹开示了决定出离之道和通达,我们也已经了解。因为有人会问“什么不是出离之道”,所以说了“凡有任何沙门或婆罗门……”等话。这里的“hi”是让语句顺畅的意思。凡有任何沙门或婆罗门,说通过色有而从欲有等有中解脱,或者说通过无色有而从欲有和色有中解脱,我说他们所有这些沙门、所有这些婆罗门,都没有从有、从所说的那种有中解脱。巴利
‘‘Bhavavippahānāyā’’tiādinā ekantena niyyānikamaggo nibbedho ācariyena dassito, amhehi ca ñāto, ‘‘katamo aniyyānikamaggo’’ti pucchitabbattā ‘‘ye hi keci samaṇā vā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Hi-saddo vācāsiliṭṭhattho. Ye keci samaṇā vā ye keci brāhmaṇā vā bhavena rūpabhavena bhavassa kāmabhavassa vippamokkhaṃ āhaṃsu, bhavena arūpabhavena bhavassa kāmabhavassa ceva rūpabhavassa ca vippamokkhaṃ āhaṃsu, sabbe te samaṇā vā sabbe te brāhmaṇā vā bhavasmā vuttappakārabhavato avippamuttā bhavantīti ahaṃ vadāmi.
有人可能会说:“以‘色有’等说法,他们宣称从欲有等有中解脱。”为了说明那些人是通过断灭见来宣称有——也就是轮回有——的出离,所以接着说了“复次,若有……”这一段。如果有任何沙门或婆罗门,通过断灭见宣称有、也就是轮回有的出离,那么我说,所有这些沙门或婆罗门,都根本没有从有、从轮回有中出离。有人问:“为什么没有出离?”为了说明没有出离的原因,所以说了“因为执取……”这一段。因为这种苦、这种轮回的苦,是依靠执取——也就是依靠蕴执取、烦恼执取、行执取等执取——而生起的,所以他们就没有出离。这样,通过这段经文,就显示了这种被称为邪见的杂染。巴利
‘‘Rūpabhavādinā ye ca kāmabhavādibhavassa vippamokkhaṃ āhaṃsū’’ti vattabbattā vibhavena bhavassa nissaraṇaṃ āhaṃsūti dassetuṃ ‘‘ye vā panā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Ye vā pana keci samaṇā vā ye vā pana keci brāhmaṇā vā vibhavena ucchedadiṭṭhiyā bhavassa saṃsārabhavassa nissaraṇaṃ āhaṃsu, sabbe te samaṇā vā sabbe te brāhmaṇā vā bhavasmā saṃsārabhavato anissaṭāva hontīti ahaṃ vadāmi. ‘‘Kasmā anissaṭā’’ti vattabbattā anissaṭakāraṇaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘upadhiṃ hī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Idaṃ dukkhaṃ saṃsāradukkhaṃ upadhiṃ khandhūpadhikilesūpadhiabhisaṅkhārūpadhayo paṭicca hi yasmā sambhoti, tasmā anissaṭā honti. Iti iminā suttappadesena ayaṃ micchādiṭṭhisaṅkhāto saṃkileso dassito.
凡是“若有……”这样的话语所显示的杂染,当有人问“用什么显示了通达”时,就说了“由一切取灭尽……”等。由于一切取灭尽,从圣道来看,苦和轮回之苦都不会生起。这样,通过这段经文,显示了这圣道就是通达。巴利
Ye hi ‘‘kecī’’tiādinā saṃkileso dassito, ‘‘kena nibbedho dassito’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘sabbupādānakkhayā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Sabbupādānakkhayā ariyamaggato dukkhassa saṃsāradukkhassa sambhavo natthi. Iti iminā suttappadesena ayaṃ ariyamaggo nibbedho dassito.
为了说明“所说的这种情形,也能从其他经的段落中显示出来”,所以说了“这个世间”等话。许多众生各自被无明所困、所压倒,贪恋已生之物,在男女之间彼此爱恋,这已生的五蕴还没有从各种存在中解脱出来——我的心啊,你要看看这个世间。无论哪种存在,是短寿的存在,还是长寿的存在,是快乐的存在,还是痛苦的存在,这五蕴在一切地方,即所谓“上下、横向”这一切处、以一切方式存在过,它们全都因为上述各种存在不具有恒常稳固性,所以是无常的;因为被逼迫,所以是苦的;因为会变坏,所以是会变坏的法。就这样,通过这段经文,显示了以无明为首的这些烦恼染污。巴利
‘‘Vuttappakārā aññasuttappadesenapi dassito’’ti dassetuṃ ‘‘lokamima’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Puthū visuṃ visuṃ avijjāya paretaṃ abhibhūtaṃ bhūtarataṃ bhūtesu itthipurisesu aññamaññarataṃ bhūtaṃ khandhapañcakaṃ bhavehi aparimuttaṃ imaṃ lokaṃ mama citta tvaṃ passa. Ye keci bhavā ittarakhaṇā vā bhavā, dīghāyukā vā bhavā, sātavanto vā bhavā, asātavanto vā bhavā pañcakkhandhā sabbadhi ‘‘uddhaṃ adho tiriya’’nti imesu sabbesu sabbatthatāya sabbatthabhāvena ahesuṃ, sabbe te vuttappakārā bhavā niccadhuvarahitattā aniccā sampīḷitattā dukkhā vipariṇāmabhāvato vipariṇāmadhammā ahesuṃ. Iti iminā suttappadesena ayaṃ avijjādiko saṃkileso dassito.
“此为世间”等语显示的是杂染。因为接着要说明“以什么显示厌离”,所以说了“如是”等语。按上面所说的方式,以正慧如实看见这五蕴——或者以自己的道智,或者以观智看见——对于这样看见的人来说,有爱就被断除了。以正慧如实看见五蕴的人,不会欢喜、不会希求无有见和断灭见。对那个人来说,由于一切贪爱彻底灭尽,无余离染、止息,也就是通过被称为无余离染的道而灭尽、寂止,这就是涅槃、般涅槃。这样,通过这段经文,显示了这条道的厌离。巴利
‘‘Lokamima’’ntiādinā saṃkileso dassito, ‘‘kena nibbedho dassito’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘evameta’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Evaṃ vuttappakārena etaṃ khandhapañcakaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya sassa attano maggapaññāya, vipassanāpaññāya vā passato passantassa puggalassa bhavataṇhā pahīyati, sammappaññāya yathābhūtaṃ khandhapañcakaṃ passanto vibhavaṃ ucchedadiṭṭhiṃ nābhinandati na pattheti. Tassa puggalassa sabbaso taṇhānaṃ khayā asesavirāganirodho asesavirāgasaṅkhātena maggena nirodho nirujjhanaṃ nibbānaṃ nibbuti hoti. Iti iminā suttappadesena ayaṃ maggo nibbedho dassito.
“如是”等语显示的是厌离。因为接着要问“以什么显示无学”,所以说了“彼寂灭”等话。那位比丘的爱与见已经寂灭,由于不再执取,烦恼和业行不再生起,所以不会再有来生。这样的圣者,先前以自身之力战胜、降伏了五种魔罗,这位圣者战胜了与五种魔罗的交战;在交战中,或在可意不可意等境中,他达到了平等不变的状态,超越了一切存在。就这样,通过这段经文显示了无学。像这样所说的“此世间”等经文,因为它在杂染部分、厌离部分和无学部分都能以言说和令知的方式,就某一方面而展开,所以称为涉及杂染、涉及厌离、涉及无学的经文。巴利
‘‘Evameta’’ntiādinā nibbedho dassito, ‘‘kena asekkho dassito’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘tassa nibbutassā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Taṇhādiṭṭhinibbutassa tassa bhikkhuno anupādā kilesābhisaṅkhārānaṃ anuppādanato aggahaṇato punabbhavo na hoti, evaṃbhūtena ariyapuggalena pubbe attānaṃ abhibhūto pañcavidho māro vijito ahosi, anena ariyapuggalena pañcahi mārehi saṅgāmo vijito, saṅgāme, iṭṭhāniṭṭhādīsu vā tādī tādilakkhaṇappatto ariyapuggalo sabbabhavāni upaccagā atikkantova jāto. Iti iminā suttappadesena ayaṃ asekkho dassito. Idaṃ vuttappakāraṃ ‘‘ayaṃ loko’’tiādikaṃ suttaṃ saṃkilesabhāge visaye ca nibbedhabhāge visaye ca asekkhabhāge visaye ca vācakañāpakabhāvena ekadesavasena pavattanato saṃkilesabhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca asekkhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ nāma.
因为要表达“就这么多而已”,所以说了“这四种”等话。愚痴凡夫顺着生死之流的方向前进,所以叫顺流者;善凡夫以厌离、随观等力量逆着生死之流而行,所以叫逆流者;有学因为具备不动净信等,本性安住,所以叫安住者;无学因为已经到达生死彼岸而安住,所以称为“站在岸上”。巴利
‘‘Ettakamevā’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘cattārome’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Andhaputhujjano saṃsārasotassa anukūlabhāvena gacchanato anusotagāmī nāma, kalyāṇaputhujjano saṃsārasotassa nibbidānupassanādīhi paṭikkūlavasena pavattanato paṭisotagāmī nāma, sekkho acalappasādādisamannāgamena ṭhitasabhāvattā ṭhitatto nāma, asekkho saṃsārapāraṅgatavasena tiṭṭhanato ‘‘thale tiṭṭhatī’’ti vuccati.
因为要说明“在这四种人当中,哪一种人是属于杂染分的”等等,所以说了“其中,哪……”这些话。巴利
‘‘Tesu catūsu puggalesu katamo puggalo saṃkilesabhāgiyādī’’ti vattabbabhāvato ‘‘tattha yoya’’ntiādi vuttaṃ.
110 老师已经判定出各种属于杂染分、属于通达分、属于无学分的经,我们也已经知道。因为应当问“哪些是属于杂染分、属于习气分、属于通达分的经?”所以说了“其中,哪些……”等话。巴利
110. Nānāvidhaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca asekkhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ ācariyena niddhāritaṃ, amhehi ca ñātaṃ, ‘‘katamaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca vāsanābhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca sutta’’nti pucchitabbattā ‘‘tattha katama’’ntiādi vuttaṃ.
世间存在六种人。生在低贱的黑家族中,就是黑生者;或者因为具有黑法,所以是黑生者。成为黑生者之后,他生起、产生黑的、黑暗的十种恶戒法——有这种人。像前面所说的那样,成为黑生者之后,他生起白的十种善法——有这种人。成为黑生者之后,他证得非黑非白、带来非黑非白果报、彻底寂静的涅槃——有这种人。按照相反的方式,应当知道还有三种人。巴利
Abhijātiyo puggalā cha saṃvijjanti lokasmiṃ, kaṇhe nīce kule nibbatto kaṇhābhijātiko, kaṇhadhammasamannāgatattā vā kaṇho kaṇhābhijātiko hutvā kaṇhaṃ kāḷakaṃ dasavidhaṃ dussīlyadhammaṃ abhijāyati pasavati, eso puggalo atthi. Vuttappakārena kaṇho kaṇhābhijātiko hutvā sukkaṃ dasavidhaṃ kusaladhammaṃ abhijāyati, eso puggalo atthi. Kaṇho kaṇhābhijātiko hutvā akaṇhaṃ asukkaṃ akaṇhaasukkavipākaṃ accantadiṭṭhaṃ nibbānaṃ ārādheti, eso puggalo atthi. Vuttavipariyāyena tayo puggalā jānitabbā.
因为要说明“其中哪些人属于杂染部分”等等,所以说了“其中,那……”等等。巴利
‘‘Tesu katame puggalā saṃkilesabhāgiyā’’tiādinā vattabbattā ‘‘tattha yo cā’’tiādi vuttaṃ.
因为要说明“仅仅只有这么多”,所以说了“有这四种”等话。巴利
‘‘Ettakamevā’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘cattārimānī’’tiādi vuttaṃ.
111 老师已经判定出各种属于杂染分、习气分和通达分的经,我们也已经知道。因为应该问“什么是属于习气分和通达分的经”,所以说了“其中,什么是属于习气分和通达分的……”等话。巴利
111. Nānāvidhaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca vāsanābhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ ācariyena niddhāritaṃ, amhehi ca ñātaṃ, ‘‘katamaṃ vāsanābhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca sutta’’nti pucchitabbattā ‘‘tattha katamaṃ vāsanābhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañcā’’tiādi vuttaṃ.
得到人身之后,就有应做和不应做两种事,而实际上只有两种应做之事是必须去做的。因此注释师(《导论注》第111节)用“应做”来显示。因为应当问“什么是应做之事”,为了显示应做之事,就说了“善事与……”等话。福德因为是应做之事,所以就是善事;或者,断除结缚因为是应做之事,所以称为善事——这就是句子的连接方式。巴利
Mānusattaṃ manussabhāvaṃ laddhāna kiccaṃ, akiccañca dve bhavanti, dve kiccāniyeva kattabbāni. Tenāha aṭṭhakathācariyo (netti. aṭṭha. 111) ‘‘kattabba’’nti dasseti. ‘‘Katamaṃ kattabbaṃ kicca’’nti vattabbattā kattabbakiccaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘sukiccaṃ cevā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Puññāni ca kattabbattā sukiccaṃ eva, saṃyojanavippahānaṃ vā kattabbattā sukiccaṃ nāmāti yojanā.
对于“在这里,经中以哪一种方式显示了哪一种?”这句话,因为需要这样说明,所以说道:“善事就是福德,这是习气;或者断除结缚,这就是通达。”巴利
‘‘Tattha sutte katamena katamo dassito’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘sukiccaṃceva puññānīti vāsanā, saṃyojanavippahānaṃ vāti nibbedho’’ti vutto.
因为应当说“仅仅就这么多而已”,所以接着说了“作了福德”等话。作了福德、已经积了福德的人,会从天界到天界,只往天界去。圣者们因为断除了结缚,就从老死中解脱出来。巴利
‘‘Ettakamevā’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘puññāni karitvānā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Puññāni karitvāna katapuññā puggalā saggā saggato saggaṃyeva vajanti. Saṃyojanappahānā ariyā jarāmaraṇā jarāmaraṇato vippamuccanti.
对于“在经中,以什么方式显示了什么”这句话需要加以说明,所以接着说道:“做了福德、已作福德的人,从生天到生天”——这是习气;“由于断除结缚,从老死中解脱”——这是通达。巴利
‘‘Tattha sutte katamena katamo dassito’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘puññāni karitvāna, saggā saggaṃ vajanti katapuññā’ti vāsanā, ‘saṃyojanappahānā, jarāmaraṇā vippamuccantī’ti nibbedho’’ti vuttaṃ.
因为应当说“仅仅就这么多”,所以说了“有此二种”等话。因为应当说“以哪一种方式显示了哪一种”,所以说了“其中,那……这是通达”。巴利
‘‘Ettakamevā’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘dvemānī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. ‘‘Katamena katamo dassito’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘tattha yo…pe… ayaṃ nibbedho’’ti vuttaṃ.
导师已经判定,有种种属于习气分的经和属于通达分的经,我们也已经知道。因为应当问“什么是属于渴爱杂染分的经”,所以说了“其中,属于渴爱杂染分的……”等话。这里的“其中”,是指在那些十六种属于杂染分等的经当中,属于渴爱杂染分的经应当只从渴爱这一方面来说明;由于涉及的范围很广,所以导师说“我要限定之后加以判定”。因为应当说“以什么方式来说明”,所以说了“以三种渴爱……”等话。“有爱”是指对色界有的渴爱。“无有爱”是指对无色界有的渴爱。或者,无论以什么事——即以渴爱的分类、断灭等事——而被执取,也就是以有爱等方式而被执取,就应当以那种方式,或以渴爱等,或以渴爱的分类、断灭等事,来说明属于渴爱杂染分的经。巴利
Nānāvidhaṃ vāsanābhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ ācariyena niddhāritaṃ, amhehi ca ñātaṃ , ‘‘katamaṃ taṇhāsaṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ sutta’’nti pucchitabbattā ‘‘tattha taṇhāsaṃkilesabhāgiya’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tatthāti tesu soḷasasu saṃkilesabhāgiyādīsu suttesu taṇhāsaṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ taṇhāpakkheneva niddisitabbaṃ, bahuvisayattā niyametvāna niddhāressāmīti vuttaṃ hoti. ‘‘Kena pakārena niddisitabba’’nti vattabbattā ‘‘tīhi taṇhāhī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Bhavataṇhāyāti rūpabhavataṇhāya. Vibhavataṇhāyāti arūpabhavataṇhāya. Yena yena vā pana vatthunā taṇhāpabhedaucchedādivatthunā ajjhositā bhavataṇhādivasena ajjhositā, tena tena pakārena taṇhādinā vā taṇhāpabhedaucchedādivatthunā vā taṇhāsaṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ niddisitabbaṃ.
导师说,属于渴爱杂染分的经应该只从渴爱这一方面来解说,我们也已经认定了这一点。因为接下来应当问,属于见杂染分的经应该从哪一方面来解说,所以说了其中属于见杂染分的等话。凡是以任何事物,就是指以见的分类、不死扰乱等事物。巴利
Taṇhāsaṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ taṇhāpakkheneva niddisitabbanti ācariyena vuttaṃ, amhehi ca lakkhitaṃ, ‘‘diṭṭhisaṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ kena pakkhena niddisitabba’’nti vattabbattā ‘‘tattha diṭṭhisaṃkilesabhāgiya’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Yena yena vā pana vatthunāti diṭṭhippabhedaamarāvikkhepādivatthunā.
导师说:“属于见杂染分的经,应当只从见这一方面来解说。”这一点我们也已经认定了。因为接着要问:“属于恶行杂染分的经,应当以什么方式来说明?”所以说了“其中,属于恶行杂染分的……”等等。同样,因为接下来要这样说,所以又说了“其中,属于渴爱清净分的……”等等,“属于见清净分的……”等等,“属于恶行清净分的……”等等。巴利
Diṭṭhisaṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ diṭṭhipakkheneva niddisitabbanti ācariyena vuttaṃ, amhehi ca lakkhitaṃ, ‘‘duccaritasaṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ kena pakārena niddisitabba’’nti vattabbattā ‘‘tattha duccaritasaṃkilesabhāgiya’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tatheva vattabbattā ‘‘tattha taṇhāvodānabhāgiya’’ntiādi vuttaṃ, ‘‘diṭṭhivodānabhāgiya’’ntiādi vuttaṃ, ‘‘duccaritavodānabhāgiya’’ntiādi vuttaṃ.
112 在教法所依处的分类中,应当看到十八个根本句。这个教法所依处,已经通过十六种属于杂染分等的经,以择取一部分来分别说明的方式作了分析。而我们也已经知道:有人会问“这个教法所依处,是只应当用那十六种属于杂染分等的经来分析,还是也应当用其他经来分析?”因为需要这样问,所以为了也用其他二十八部经来分析,便说了“其中,哪些是十八个根本句?世间、出世间”等等。如果问:“既然也应当用其他二十八部经来分析,那么只说‘世间’等语就够了,为什么还要说‘其中,哪些是十八个根本句’?”回答:这个教法所依处的分类已经被十八个根本句所涵盖,而十八个根本句在被分析时,也应当见于教法所依处中,所以根本句本身就是已经被分析的了。为了分析这些根本句,才说了“其中,哪些是十八个根本句”。而在注释书中——巴利
112. Yasmiṃ sāsanapaṭṭhāne aṭṭhārasa mūlapadā daṭṭhabbā, taṃ sāsanapaṭṭhānaṃ soḷasahi saṃkilesabhāgiyādīhi suttehi ekadesaniddhāraṇavasena vibhajitaṃ, amhehi ca ñātaṃ, ‘‘kiṃ pana taṃ sāsanapaṭṭhānaṃ tehi soḷasahi eva saṃkilesabhāgiyādīhi vibhajitabbaṃ, udāhu aññehi suttehipi vibhajitabba’’nti vattabbattā aññehi aṭṭhavīsasuttehipi vibhajituṃ ‘‘tattha katame aṭṭhārasa mūlapadā? Lokiyaṃ lokuttara’’ntiādi vuttaṃ . ‘‘Yadi aññehipi aṭṭhavīsasuttehi vibhajitabbaṃ, evaṃ sati ‘lokiya’ntiādivacanameva vattabbaṃ, kasmā ‘tattha katame aṭṭhārasa mūlapadā’ti vuttā’’ti ce? Tassa sāsanapaṭṭhānavibhāgo aṭṭhārasahi mūlapadehi saṅgahito, aṭṭhārasa mūlapadāpi vibhajite sāsanapaṭṭhāne daṭṭhabbā, tasmā mūlapadā vibhattāyeva. Tāni mūlapadāni vibhajituṃ ‘‘tattha katame aṭṭhārasa mūlapadā’’ti vuttaṃ. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (netti. aṭṭha. 112) pana –
像这样,先用十六种方式,通过引用各种经典作例子,分析了教法所依处;现在要显示二十八种方式的教法所依处。因为这一部分教法所依处的分析也被根本句所涵盖,没有任何一部分不被它们涵盖,所以为了指出根本句以及应当被分析的内容,就以“其中,哪些是十八根本句”这个提问,举出根本句,然后以“世间、出世间”等九种三法以及赞叹,列出了二十八种方式的教法所依处。巴利
‘‘Evaṃ soḷasavidhena sāsanapaṭṭhānaṃ nānāsuttehi udāharaṇavasena vibhajitvā idāni aṭṭhavīsatividhena sāsanapaṭṭhānaṃ dassentena yasmā ayampi paṭṭhānavibhāgo mūlapadehi saṅgahito, na imassāpi tehi asaṅgahito padeso atthi, tasmā mūlapadaṃ, vibhajitabbatañca dassetuṃ ‘tattha katame aṭṭhārasa mūlapadā’ti pucchāya vasena mūlapadāni uddharitvā ‘lokiyaṃ lokuttara’ntiādinā nava tikā, thavo cāti aṭṭhavīsatividhaṃ sāsanapaṭṭhānaṃ uddiṭṭha’’nti –
已说。其中,针对那些十六种摄、五种理趣、十八种根本句,他问:哪些句是根本句。系属于世间的自性法,就是世间;或者,被世间的智者所了知的自性,也是世间;如果有一部特别的经以世间自性法为内容,那部特别的经就叫做世间经。出世间等也应依此理来理解。知,就是了知;如果有一部特别的经以知为内容,那就是知。应知,就是应被了知者;如果有一部特别的经以应被了知者为内容,那就是应知。在知与应知这里,也应依此理来理解。见,就是首先见涅槃,即初道智;如果有一部特别的经以见为内容,那就是见。修习,就是有一部特别的经以修习为内容,那就是修习。在见与修习这里,也应依此理来理解。自己的言语,就是自说;自说就是自己的言语,意思是世尊的言语。他人的言语,就是他说。可决了,就是有一部特别的经以可决了为内容。若此特殊经没有可决了之义,就是不可决了。业,就是有一部特别的经以业为内容。果报,就是有一段经文以果报为内容。其余各处也应取具有这种内容的含义。或者,世间等含义是根本含义,而诠表它们的经文也依处所的转喻而说。赞叹,就是以此经文部分赞叹佛等功德,所以是赞叹,即经文部分。巴利
Vuttaṃ. Tatthāti tesu soḷasahārapañcakanayaaṭṭhārasamūlapadesu katamāni padāni mūlapadāni hontīti pucchati. Loke niyutto sabhāvadhammoti lokiyo, loke vā vidūhi vidito sabhāvotipi lokiyo, lokiyo sabhāvadhammo assa visesasuttassa atthīti taṃ visesasuttaṃ lokiyaṃ nāma. Esa nayo ‘‘lokuttara’’ntiādīsupi veditabbo. Jānātīti ñāṇaṃ, ñāṇaṃ assa visesasuttassa atthīti ñāṇaṃ. Ñātabbāti ñeyyā, ñeyyā assa visesasuttassa atthīti ñeyyaṃ. Eseva nayo – ‘‘ñāṇañca ñeyyañcā’’ti etthāpi veditabbo. Nibbānaṃ paṭhamaṃ passatīti dassanaṃ, paṭhamamaggañāṇaṃ, dassanaṃ assa visesasuttassa atthīti dassanaṃ. Bhāvanā assa visesasuttassa pāḷiyā atthīti bhāvanā. ‘‘Dassanañca bhāvanā cā’’ti etthāpi esa nayo veditabbo. Sassa attano vacananti sakaṃ, sakaṃ vacanaṃ sakavacanaṃ, bhagavato vacananti attho. Parassa vacanaṃ paravacanaṃ. Vissajjanīyo assa visesasuttassa atthīti vissajjanīyaṃ. Natthi vissajjanīyo assa visesasuttassāti avissajjanīyaṃ. Kammaṃ assa visesasuttassa atthīti kammaṃ. Vipāko assa pāṭhassa atthīti vipāko. Sesesupi assatthiattho gahetabbo. Atha vā lokiyādiattho mukhyattho, taṃvācakasuttampi ṭhānyūpacārena vuttaṃ. Buddhādīnaṃ guṇe abhitthavati etena suttappadesenāti thavo, suttappadeso.
因为应当问“在那二十八种世间等教法所依处经中,哪一部经是世间教法所依处经”,所以才说“其中,什么是世间”等等。这里的“其中”,就是在那些二十八种世间等教法所依处经中,问哪一部经是世间教法所依处经。巴利
‘‘Tesu aṭṭhavīsatividhesu lokiyādīsu sāsanapaṭṭhānasuttesu katamaṃ suttaṃ lokiyaṃ sutta’’nti pucchitabbattā ‘‘tattha katamaṃ lokiya’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tatthāti tesu aṭṭhavīsatividhesu lokiyādīsu sāsanapaṭṭhānasuttesu katamaṃ suttaṃ lokiyaṃ sāsanapaṭṭhānaṃ suttanti pucchati.
比丘们,就像从母牛乳房里挤出来的新鲜牛奶,在挤出的那一刻,它不会凝固,也不会转变,不会失去牛奶的状态而变成酸奶;后来因为和酪浆等酸的东西混在一起,它才失去牛奶的状态,变成酸奶。同样地,愚人做了什么样的恶业,那个业在造作的那一刻,并不会以让那个愚人投生到恶趣受苦等方式成熟。但它会在第二生或第三生等后来的生命里成熟。又像被灰覆盖、被灰烬掩藏的火,在有人踩上去的那一刻,并不会烧到踩它的人;但它先把灰烬烧热,过一段时间才烧到那人。同样地,愚人做了什么样的恶业,那个业在造作的那一刻,并不会以让那个愚人投生到恶趣受苦等方式烧灼他、跟随他。但它会在第二生或第三生等后来的生命里,以让他投生到恶趣受苦等方式烧灼、跟随那个愚人。这就是这里的关联。这部“非……火”经,因为是以能说、能示世间义的方式而开展,所以称为世间。巴利
Bhikkhave, dhenuyā thanehi nikkhantaṃ sajjukhīraṃ nikkhantakkhaṇe na muccati na pariṇamati khīrabhāvaṃ pajahitvā dadhibhāvaṃ na pāpuṇāti, takkādiambilasamāyogato pacchā khīrabhāvaṃ pajahati dadhibhāvaṃ pāpuṇāti iva, evaṃ yena bālena pāpaṃ yaṃ kammaṃ kataṃ, taṃ kammaṃ karaṇakkhaṇe tassa bālassa apāyadukkhādinibbattāpanavasena na vipaccati. Dutiye pana vā tatiyādimhi vā attabhāve vipaccati. Bhasmacchanno chārikāya paṭicchanno pāvako aggi akkantaṃ janaṃ akkamanakkhaṇe na ḍahati. Chārikaṃ pana tāpetvā kālantare ḍahati iva, evaṃ yena bālena pāpaṃ yaṃ kammaṃ kataṃ, taṃ kammaṃ karaṇakkhaṇe taṃ bālaṃ apāyadukkhādinibbattāpanavasena ḍahāpentaṃ hutvā na anveti. Dutiye vā tatiyādimhi vā attabhāve apāyadukkhādinibbattāpanavasena ḍahāpentaṃ hutvā ḍahantaṃ taṃ bālaṃ taṃ anvetīti yojanā. Idaṃ ‘‘na hi…pe… pāvako’’ti suttaṃ lokiye atthe vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato lokiyaṃ nāma.
因为必须说“世间就只是这么一点”,所以接着说了“有四种……”等等。其中的含义很清楚。这部“有四种……就像黑分月的月亮”的经,是以能说、能指示世间含义的方式而展开的,所以称为世间。巴利
‘‘Ettakameva lokiya’’nti vattabbattā ‘‘cattārimānī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Attho pākaṭo. Idaṃ ‘‘cattārimāni…pe… kāḷapakkheva candimā’’ti suttaṃ lokiye atthe vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato lokiyaṃ nāma.
因为应当说“世间只有这两种”,所以接着说了“诸比丘,有八种世间法”等等。其中的含义很清楚。这部“有八种”等经文,是以能说、能示八种世间义的方式而展开的,所以称为世间。巴利
‘‘Evaṃ duvidhaṃyeva lokiya’’nti vattabbattā ‘‘aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, lokadhammā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Attho pākaṭo. Idaṃ ‘‘aṭṭhime’’tiādikaṃ suttaṃ lokiyesu aṭṭhavidhesu atthesu vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato lokiyaṃ nāma.
各种属于世间的法,老师已经判定,我们也已经知道。因为要说“哪一部经是出世间的”,所以接着说了“其中,什么是出世间”等等。从这里往后,也应该按同样的方式理解。“其中”就是指那二十八种当中的世间等诸经。巴利
Nānāvidhaṃ lokiyaṃ ācariyena niddhāritaṃ, amhehi ca ñātaṃ, ‘‘katamaṃ suttaṃ lokuttara’’nti vattabbattā ‘‘tattha katamaṃ lokuttara’’ntiādi vuttaṃ . Ito paresupi esa nayo veditabbo. Tatthāti tesu aṭṭhavīsatividhesu lokiyādīsu suttesu.
就像被熟练的御马师好好调教过的马达到调伏状态一样,同样,对已断除慢、已断除九种慢的无漏比丘来说,他的六根——眼根等——也达到了调伏状态。诸天和众人都羡慕这位具足“如彼”特质的无漏比丘——这就是经文衔接的意思。这段“其诸根……”等经文,因为是以能说、能示的方式在出世间的义理上展开的,所以称为出世间。巴利
Chekena sārathinā sudantā assā samathaṅgatā yathā, evaṃ pahīnamānassa pahīnanavavidhamānassa yassa anāsavassa bhikkhuno indriyāni chabbidhāni cakkhundriyādīni samathaṅgatāni. Tādino tādilakkhaṇena samannāgatassa anāsavassa tassa bhikkhuno devāpi manussāpi pihayantīti yojanā. Idaṃ ‘‘yassindriyānī’’tiādikaṃ suttaṃ lokuttare atthe vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato lokuttaraṃ nāma.
因为应当说“仅仅就这么多而已”,所以说了“诸比丘,有此五根……”等。这部“有此五……”等经文,也是因为以能说、能指示的方式在出世间义上运作,所以名为出世间。巴利
‘‘Ettakamevā’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘pañcimāni bhikkhave indriyānī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Idaṃ ‘‘pañcimānī’’tiādikaṃ suttampi lokuttare atthe vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato lokuttaraṃ nāma. (1)
说了“获得人身之后,有两件事——应做的和不应做的……”等两首偈颂。在这些偈颂里,“善业就是善作……”这一偈句,以及“做了福德之事后,修福的人从一天界到另一天界”这一偈句,这些偈句因为是以能表达、能使人理解的方式在世间义上运作,所以称为世间。巴利
‘‘Laddhāna mānusattaṃ dve, kiccaṃ akiccameva cā’’tiādikā dve gāthā vuttā. Iha gāthāsu ‘‘sukiccaṃ ceva puññānī’’ti yaṃ gāthāpadañca ‘‘puññāni karitvāna, saggā saggaṃ vajanti katapuññā’’ti yaṃ gāthāpadañca vuttaṃ, idaṃ gāthāpadaṃ lokiye atthe vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato lokiyaṃ nāma.
在这里的偈颂中,所谓“或断除结缚”这一偈句,以及“由断除结缚,从老死中解脱”这一偈句,按照前面所说的方式,称为出世间。而“获得……”等开头的内容,按照所说的方式,则既通于世间,也通于出世间。巴利
Iha gāthāsu ‘‘saṃyojanavippahānaṃ vā’’ti yaṃ gāthāpadañca ‘‘saṃyojanavippahānā, jarāmaraṇā vippamuccantī’’ti yaṃ gāthāpadañca vuttaṃ, idaṃ gāthāpadaṃ vuttanayena lokuttaraṃ nāma. Idaṃ ‘‘laddhānā’’tiādikaṃ vuttappakārena lokiyañca lokuttarañca.
比丘们,当对识食、对与食相系的识生起欲贪时,名色就会入胎。‘于识……有……’这一段,按前面所说的方式,属于世间法。‘于识……灭……’这一段经,则属于出世间法。而这部‘比丘们,若于识……’等经,因为它以一部分的方式,在世间义和出世间义中都起到能诠、能表的作用,所以既通世间也通出世间。巴利
Bhikkhave, viññāṇe āhāre āhārapaṭibaddhe chandarāge sati nāmarūpassa avakkanti hoti. ‘‘Viññāṇe…pe… hotī’’ti idaṃ vuttanayena lokiyaṃ nāma. ‘‘Viññāṇe…pe… nirodho’’ti idaṃ suttaṃ lokuttaraṃ nāma. Idaṃ ‘‘viññāṇe ce bhikkhave’’tiādikaṃ suttaṃ lokiye atthe ca lokuttare atthe ca ekadesavasena vācakañāpakavasena pavattanato lokiyañca lokuttarañca. (2)
113 在众生世间,走遍一切方向,无论在哪里,用内心寻找,都找不到比自我更可爱的其他东西。就像自我最可爱一样,对其他众多不同的众生来说,也是各自的自我最可爱。所以,因为自我是最可爱的,一个爱自己、希望自己得到利益的智者,在众生世间应当以自己作比照,不伤害他人,也不让别人伤害他人——这就是文句的连接方式。这段“走遍一切方向……”等经文,因为是以能说、能表明的方式在众生中流传,所以叫做“以众生为所依”。巴利
113. Sattaloke sabbā disā anuparigamma kvaci disāyaṃ cetasā attanā attato piyataraṃ aññaṃ neva ajjhagā, attāva piyataro yathā , evaṃ paresaṃ sattānaṃ puthu visuṃ visuṃ attāva piyo piyataro, tasmā attanova piyatarattā attakāmo attano hitakāmo paṇḍito sattaloko attānaṃ upamaṃ katvā paraṃ na hiṃse na hiṃseyyāti yojanā. Idaṃ ‘‘sabbā disā’’tiādikaṃ suttaṃ sattesu vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato sattādhiṭṭhānaṃ nāma.
凡是有些已经漏尽的人,他们虽然曾经存在过,但将来不会再存在;所有这些漏尽的人,都会舍弃身体和自体,趣入涅槃。而那些凡夫等众生,还会再生于后有之中;所有这些凡夫等众生,都会舍弃身体和自体,趣往他世。对于这一切的丧失——也就是一切众生的丧失、死亡和毁灭——如果有善巧的人能够了知,那么这位善巧的人了知这一切丧失之后,就应当精勤地修习梵行——这就是文句的连接方式。这段“凡是有些……”等经文,按照前面所说的方式,是以众生为所依。巴利
Ye keci khīṇāsavā puggalā bhūtāva na bhavissanti, sabbe te khīṇāsavā puggalā dehaṃ attabhāvaṃ pahāya nibbānaṃ gamissanti. Ye ca puthujjanādayo sattā punabbhavesu bhavissanti, sabbe te puthujjanādayo sattā dehaṃ attabhāvaṃ pahāya paralokaṃ gamissanti, taṃ sabbajāniṃ sabbassa sattassa hāniṃ maraṇaṃ, vināsaṃ vā kusalo yo puggalo vijānāti, so kusalo puggalo taṃ sabbajāniṃ viditvā ātāpiyo brahmacariyaṃ careyyāti yojanā. Idaṃ ‘‘ye kecī’’tiādikaṃ vuttanayena sattādhiṭṭhānaṃ.
一个人如果具备七个条件,就是善友,善巧的人一辈子都不应该离开他。是哪七个呢?因为他具备清净的戒成就和清净的见成就,所以让人感到亲切,也值得被人亲近;就像石伞盖一样,令人敬重;因为值得尊敬,所以值得亲近修习;他把“该说的时候才说,不该说的时候不说”等五种法放在自己身上,站在为同梵行者或弟子决断、救拔、教诫、给予教导的位置上,所以是能说法的人;当同梵行者或弟子等人对他说法时,他能好好接受,能忍受他们的话;他能讲说缘起等甚深道理,以及其他甚深的话题;他只从法与律等方面来开示,所以不会让人去做不该做的事。具备这七个条件的善友,一辈子都不应该离开。这是世尊说的“具备七个……”等话。善逝说了这“具备七个……”等话之后,导师又说了下面这首偈颂。他说了什么呢?巴利
Sattahi aṅgehi samannāgataṃ kalyāṇamittaṃ yāvajīvaṃ kusalena puggalena na vijahitabbaṃ. Katamehi sattahi? Parisuddhasīlasampattiparisuddhadiṭṭhisampattīhi samannāgatattā piyo ca piyāyitabbo ca hoti, pāsāṇachattaṃ viya garu ca hoti, sambhāvetabbatāya bhāvanīyo ca hoti, ‘‘kālena vadāmi, no akālenā’’tiādike pañcadhamme attani upaṭṭhāpetvā sabrahmacārīnaṃ vā sissānaṃ vā vinicchayaullumpanaovādadānabhāve ṭhatvā vattā ca hoti, sabrahmacārīhi vā sissādīhi vā vuccamāno suvaco hutvā tesaṃ vacanakkhamo ca hoti, saccapaṭiccasamuppādādigambhīraṃ vā aññaṃ gambhīraṃ vā kathaṃ kattā ca hoti, dhammavinayādivaseneva dīpanato aṭṭhāne ca na niyojako hoti. Imehi sattahi aṅgehi samannāgataṃ kalyāṇamittaṃ yāvajīvaṃ na vijahitabbaṃ. Idaṃ ‘‘sattahī’’tiādivacanaṃ bhagavā avoca. Idaṃ ‘‘sattahī’’tiādikaṃ vacanaṃ sugato vatvā athāparaṃ etaṃ gāthāvacanaṃ satthā avoca. Kiṃ avoca?
可爱、可敬、值得亲近修习,能直言劝诫,也能耐心接受别人的话;
能讲说深奥的言论,也不会把人引到不该去的地方;
想要结交朋友的人,哪怕一辈子都该亲近这样的朋友。巴利
‘‘Piyo garu bhāvanīyo, vattā ca vacanakkhamo; Gambhīrañca kathaṃ kattā, na caṭṭhāne niyojako; Taṃ mittaṃ mittakāmena, yāvajīvampi seviya’’nti. –
这首偈颂的话是导师所说的,这就是句义衔接。还有一种读法是“不于非处令从事者”。这里“七……”等说法,是以众生为依处。巴利
Etaṃ gāthāvacanaṃ satthā avocāti yojanā. ‘‘Na ca aṭṭhānayojako’’ti pāṭho atthi. Idaṃ ‘‘sattahī’’tiādikaṃ vacanaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānaṃ.
在世间,无论是欲乐还是天界的快乐,这些欲乐和天乐,都比不上渴爱灭尽之乐的十六分之一。这是句义的衔接方式。这段“若何……”等经文,是以法为依处的。巴利
Loke yaṃ kāmasukhañca yaṃ idaṃ diviyaṃ sukhañca atthi, ete kāmasukhadiviyasukhā taṇhākkhayasukhassa soḷasiṃ kalaṃ na agghantīti yojanā. Idaṃ ‘‘yañcā’’tiādikaṃ suttaṃ dhammādhiṭṭhānaṃ.
在涅槃之中,苦得以灭尽;正自觉者所宣说的涅槃,是无忧、无垢、安稳的,它确实是最极致的快乐——这是经文衔接的意思。这段“最极致的快乐”等经文,是以法为依处的。巴利
Yattha nibbāne dukkhaṃ nirujjhati, sammāsambuddhadesitaṃ asokaṃ virajaṃ khemaṃ taṃ nibbānaṃ susukhaṃ vatāti yojanā. Idaṃ ‘‘susukha’’ntiādikaṃ suttampi dhammādhiṭṭhānaṃ. (3)
在三有之中,因为能令众生生起,所以把渴爱称为母亲;因为依着父亲而生起慢,所以把慢称为父亲。就像世间人在国土中侍奉国王这位国土之主一样,由于一切见解都应当侍奉常见和断见这两种见解,所以把常见和断见称为两位刹帝利王。又像收税的人在国土中到处谋求利益一样,因为喜贪在十二处中随处跟随,所以把喜贪称为随从,连同与它一起活动的处所——也就是称为十二处的国土。漏已尽的婆罗门杀了这个,杀完之后就无恼、无苦地离去——这是句义的连接。在这里,“母亲……”等偈颂中,“母亲……略……杀完之后”这一段偈颂文是以法为依止;“无恼而行,婆罗门”这一段偈颂文是以众生为依止。这“母亲……”等经文,既以众生为依止,也以法为依止。巴利
Tīsu bhavesu sattānaṃ jananato taṇhāsaṅkhātaṃ mātarañca, pitaraṃ nissāya mānassa uppajjanato mānasaṅkhātaṃ pitarañca, raṭṭhe loko raṭṭhissaraṃ rājānaṃ bhajati viya dvinnaṃ sassatucchedadiṭṭhīnaṃ sabbadiṭṭhigatehi bhajanīyattā sassatucchedadiṭṭhisaṅkhāte khattiye dve rājāno ca, āyasādhako puriso raṭṭhe atthaṃ anucarati iva nandirāgassa dvādasāyatane anucaraṇato nandirāgasaṅkhātena anucaraṇena saha pavattanaṭṭhānaṃ dvādasāyatanasaṅkhātaṃ raṭṭhañca khīṇāsavo yo brāhmaṇo hanati, so brāhmaṇo hantvā anīgho niddukkho hutvā yātīti yojanā. Iha ‘‘mātara’’ntiādigāthāyaṃ ‘‘mātaraṃ…pe… hantvā’’ti idaṃ gāthāvacanaṃ dhammādhiṭṭhānaṃ. ‘‘Anīgho yāti brāhmaṇo’’ti idaṃ gāthāvacanaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānaṃ. Idaṃ ‘‘mātara’’ntiādikaṃ suttaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānañca dhammādhiṭṭhānañca.
比丘们,这四种神足——这段经文是法所依。具足这四种神足的人,把心投入、安置于自身和所造身之中,也就是那作为基础的根本禅那心;这个人想以可见的身体前往某处时,就决意让作为基础的根本禅那心随所造身而行。他又把自身和所造身投入、安置于心和作为基础的根本禅那心之中;这个人想快速前往别处时,就决意让所造身随作为基础的根本禅那心而行。他进入对自身和所造身的乐想、乐住想、轻想和轻快行想之后,如果想前往别处,就能在一个心念的刹那之间到达想去的地方,成就并安住其中。这段以“他”等开头的经文是众生所依。这段以“这四种”等开头的经文,既是众生所依,也是法所依。巴利
‘‘Cattārome bhikkhave iddhipādā’’ti idaṃ suttappadesavacanaṃ dhammādhiṭṭhānaṃ. So catūhi iddhipādehi samannāgato puggalo kāyepi karajakāyepi cittaṃ pādakajjhānacittaṃ samodahati pakkhipati, so puggalo dissamānakāyena gantukāmo karajakāyagatikaṃ pādakajjhānacittaṃ adhiṭṭhahati. Cittepi pādakajjhānacittepi kāyaṃ karajakāyaṃ samodahati pakkhipati, so puggalo sīghaṃ aññaṃ gantukāmo pādakajjhānacittagatikaṃ karajakāyaṃ adhiṭṭhahati. Kāye karajakāye sukhasaññañca sukhavihārasaññañca lahusaññañca lahugamanasaññañca okkamitvā aññaṃ gamaneyyaṃ icchitaṭṭhānaṃ ekacittakkhaṇeneva ca gantvā upasampajja viharati. Idaṃ ‘‘so’’tiādikaṃ suttappadesavacanaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānaṃ. Idaṃ ‘‘cattārome’’tiādikaṃ suttaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānañca dhammādhiṭṭhānañca. (4)
114 凡是出世间、超越并胜过世间而安住的一切智,世尊因为具有这种一切智,所以被称为“一切知者”。这种一切智不会退失,这种一切智在任何时候都能了知,只要作意转向时它就会生起——这就是这里的义理。像“凡彼”这样开头的说法,因为也能在“智”这个意义上起到表达和使人了解的作用,所以转起而被称为“智”。巴利
114. Yaṃ sabbaññutañāṇaṃ lokuttaraṃ lokaṃ uttaritvā abhibhavitvā ṭhitaṃ, yena sabbaññutaññāṇena bhagavā ‘‘sabbaññū’’ti vuccati, tassa sabbaññutaññāṇassa parihānaṃ natthi, taṃ sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ sabbakāle jānituṃ āvajjanakāle pavattatīti yojanā. Idaṃ ‘‘yaṃ ta’’ntiādikaṃ ñāṇe atthe vācakañāpakabhāvenapi pavattanato ñāṇaṃ nāma.
通过那能导向涅槃的道慧,他了知了生死的灭尽;这能导向涅槃的道慧,在一切世间慧当中是最殊胜、最值得称赞的。这就是经文关联的意思。“慧”等开头的语句,按照前面所说的方式,就叫做“智”。巴利
Yāya nibbānagāminiyā maggapaññāya jātimaraṇasaṅkhayaṃ pajānāti, sā nibbānagāminī maggapaññā sabbāhi lokiyāhi paññāhi seṭṭhā pasatthāti yojanā. Idaṃ ‘‘paññā hī’’tiādikaṃ vuttanayena ñāṇaṃ nāma.
世尊说:“陀多迦,我要为你们宣说寂静。”世尊这样说:“在现世可见的法中,或在苦等法中,或在自己的身心当中,一个瑜伽行者具足正念,成就无常随观等忆念,在行走、游历时,不靠他人的传闻,以圣道证知那寂静、那涅槃之后,就能越过、越过这世间、轮回世间中那黏着、蔓延的渴爱。”巴利
‘‘Dhotaka, vo tumhākaṃ santiṃ ahaṃ kittayissāmī’’ti bhagavā avoca. ‘‘Diṭṭhe dhamme dukkhādidhamme vā attabhāve vā sato aniccānupassanādisatisampanno hutvā caraṃ caranto yogāvacaro anītihaṃ yaṃ santiṃ yaṃ nibbānaṃ ariyamaggena viditvā loke saṃsāraloke visattikaṃ visappakaṃ taṇhaṃ tare tareyyā’’ti bhagavā avoca.
多达对世尊说:“大仙!您戒蕴等种种殊胜的戒,以及求索的戒,都极为广大。乔达摩!具念而安住,具足‘诸行无常’等随念的瑜伽行者,如此行、如此住,以圣道证知了最上的寂静——涅槃,就能度脱世间、轮回世间中那执着的渴爱。我欣喜、希求您所说的这番话,也欣喜、希求这寂静涅槃。大仙!您正是完全了知这一切的人。”巴利
Dhotako bhagavantaṃ vadati ‘‘mahesi mahante sīlakkhandhādī esanasīla, gotama, sato ‘sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’tiādisaraṇasampanno hutvā caraṃ caranto yogāvacaro uttamaṃ yaṃ santiṃ yaṃ nibbānaṃ ariyamaggena viditvā loke saṃsāraloke visattikaṃ taṇhaṃ tare tareyyāti tañca vacanaṃ tañca santiṃ nibbānaṃ ahaṃ abhinandāmi abhipatthayāmi, mahesi tvaṃ, yañca sampajānāsī’’ti dhotako bhagavantaṃ vadati.
世尊喊了一声“陀多迦”,然后对陀多迦说:“你要知道:上方是未来,上面是未来;下方是过去,下面是过去;横向和中间是现在;在世间、在轮回世间周围,这渴爱就是结缚和附着,让人不断有各种存在——小的存在和大的存在。你既然已经知道了,在游走时就不要造作渴爱,不要造作。”世尊这样对陀多迦说。这是句子的连接方式。这里“我将宣说”等开头的话,因为是针对所知的领域或意义,以言说和使人了知的方式生起的,所以叫做“所知”。巴利
‘‘Dhotakā’’ti ālapitvā bhagavā dhotakaṃ avoca. ‘‘Uddhaṃ anāgataṃ upari adho atītaṃ heṭṭhā ca tiriyañcāpi majjhe paccuppannaṃ parito ca loke saṃsāraloke etaṃ taṇhaṃ bhavābhavāya khuddakabhavamahantabhavatthāya saṅgo laggoti viditvā vicaranto tvaṃ taṇhaṃ mākāsi mā akāsī’’ti bhagavā dhotakaṃ avocāti yojanā. Idaṃ ‘‘kittayissāmī’’tiādikaṃ ñeyye visaye atthe vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato ñeyyaṃ nāma.
因为应当说“仅仅就这么多而已”,所以说了“诸比丘,四种……”等等。诸比丘,由于对这四种能使人成为圣者的圣谛没有如实了知、没有觉悟、没有通达、没有彻见,就以这个原因,我和你们在漫长的时间里一直流转,这就是流转;一直轮回,这就是轮回。诸比丘,如今这苦圣谛已被我如实了知、通达……中略……这导向苦灭的道圣谛已被我如实了知、通达。我的有爱已被斩断,有结的渴爱已经灭尽,现在我没有再有(来生)了。世尊就这样说了这“四种……”等等的话。善逝说了这“四种……”等等的话之后,导师又说了这“四种……”等等的偈颂语。这样连接起来,对偈颂也应当同样理解。这“四种……”等等的话,按照所说的方式,应当知道名为“所知”。巴利
‘‘Ettakamevā’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘catunnaṃ bhikkhave’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Bhikkhave, catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ ariyabhāvakarānaṃ saccānaṃ ananubodhā abujjhanena appaṭivedhā appaṭivijjhanena evaṃ iminā kāraṇena mamañceva tumhākañca dīghamaddhānaṃ idaṃ sandhāvitaṃ sandhāvanaṃ, idaṃ saṃsaritaṃ saṃsaraṇaṃ ahosīti, bhikkhave, ajja tayidaṃ taṃ idaṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ mayā anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ…pe… tayidaṃ taṃ idaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ mayā anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, mama bhavataṇhā ucchinnā, bhavanetti taṇhā khīṇā, idāni mama punabbhavo natthi, iti idaṃ ‘‘catunna’’ntiādikaṃ bhagavā avoca, sugato idaṃ ‘‘catunna’’ntiādikaṃ vatvā athāparaṃ etaṃ ‘‘catunna’’ntiādigāthāvacanaṃ satthā avocāti yojetvā gāthāyañca tatheva yojanā kātabbā. Idaṃ ‘‘catunna’’ntiādikaṃ vuttanayena ñeyyaṃ nāma. (5)
“色是无常……略……识是无常”——这部经因为以言说和令知的方式,作用于所应了知的色等诸法,所以称为“所知”。巴利
‘‘Rūpaṃ aniccaṃ…pe… viññāṇaṃ anicca’’nti idaṃ suttaṃ ñeyye rūpādidhamme vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato ñeyyaṃ nāma.
就这样,以“色是无常”等方式去了知,以“色是无常”等方式去观见时,那位圣弟子——世尊的弟子,观见“这个色是无常”,观见“这个受是无常”,观见“这个想是无常”,观见“这些行是无常”,观见“这个识是无常”。这部经因为对观察色等诸法的智起着言说与令了知的作用,所以称为“智”。巴利
Evaṃ ‘‘rūpaṃ anicca’’ntiādinā pakārena jānaṃ jānanto evaṃ ‘‘rūpaṃ anicca’’ntiādinā pakārena passaṃ passanto ariyasāvako ariyassa bhagavato sāvako ‘‘idaṃ rūpaṃ anicca’’nti rūpaṃ passati, ‘‘ayaṃ vedanā aniccā’’ti vedanaṃ passati, ‘‘ayaṃ saññā aniccā’’ti saññaṃ passati, ‘‘ime saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti saṅkhāre passati, ‘‘idaṃ viññāṇaṃ anicca’’nti viññāṇaṃ passati. Iti idaṃ suttaṃ rūpādipassane ñāṇe vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato ñāṇaṃ nāma.
那位圣弟子以“色是无常”等方式观见时,就从色、从色贪中解脱……乃至从识、从识贪中解脱。我说:他就是从苦中解脱。这就是这段经文的连接方式。而这段以“他解脱”等开头的经文,因为在智和所知两方面都起到言说和使人了知的作用,所以既是智,也是所知。巴利
So ‘‘rūpaṃ anicca’’ntiādinā pakārena passanto ariyasāvako rūpena rūparāgena parimuccati…pe… viññāṇamhā viññāṇarāgamhā parimuccatīti dukkhasmā parimuccatīti ahaṃ vadāmīti yojanā. Idaṃ ‘‘so parimuccatī’’tiādikaṃ suttaṃ ñāṇe ca ñeyye ca vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato ñāṇañca ñeyyañca hoti.
一切五蕴都是被各种因缘条件造作出来的,所以叫“行”。因为它们有开始也有结束,因为它们的本性就是无法恒常保持,因为只是暂时存在,又因为每一刹那都极其短暂微细,所以它们都是无常的。这段“一切行都是无常”的经文,按照上面所说的方式,应当被理解为“所知”。
当修观的时候,以智慧、以观慧去看,就是去看无常等相。这段“当以智慧去看”的经文,就叫作“智”。
然后在观照的那个刹那,观照者对苦的五蕴生起厌离;生起厌离的人,通过了知苦等方式,通达四谛。这种对四谛的通达,就是清净,就是通向清净的道。这段以“然后”等开头的经文,既是智,也是所知。巴利
Sabbe pañcakkhandhā paccayehi saṅkharitattā saṅkhārā ādiantavantabhāvato, aniccantikabhāvato, tāvakālikabhāvato ca khaṇaparittabhāvato aniccā bhavanti. Idaṃ ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti suttappadesavacanaṃ vuttanayena ñeyyaṃ nāma. Yadā vipassanākaraṇakāle paññāya vipassanāpaññāya passati aniccatādikaṃ passati. Idaṃ ‘‘yadā paññāya passatī’’ti suttappadesavacanaṃ ñāṇaṃ nāma. Atha passanakkhaṇe dukkhe pañcakkhandhe vipassako nibbindati, nibbindanto puggalo dukkhādijānanādivasena cattāri saccāni paṭivijjhati, eso catusaccapaṭivedho visuddhiyā visuddhatthāya maggoti. Idaṃ ‘‘athā’’tiādikaṃ suttappadesavacanaṃ ñāṇañca ñeyyañca hoti.
“索那”是在称呼索那。外道沙门和出身婆罗门种姓的婆罗门,对于无常的色、苦的色、具有变坏性质的色,会这样观察:“我比别人更胜、更上”;或者观察:“我和别人相等、一样”;或者观察:“我比别人低下、卑劣”。除了不如实看见之外,还能有什么别的原因呢?由于不如实看见,这种观察确实没有别的原因,应当知道不如实看见本身就是原因。对于“无常的受”等,也应当依照这里所说的方法、顺着所说的次第来连接理解。这“凡任何”等经文部分,应当知道是“应知”。而“但凡任何”等善法部分,则应依照与上面所说的相反来理解。这“但凡”等经文部分,称为“智”。这“凡任何”等经文,因为以能表达、能显示的方式,运用于智和所知的义理,所以既是智,也是所知。(6)巴利
Soṇāti soṇaṃ ālapati. Samaṇā bāhirakasamaṇā brāhmaṇā jātibrāhmaṇā aniccena rūpena, dukkhena rūpena, vipariṇāmadhammena rūpena ‘‘ahaṃ parehi seyyo uttamo asmī’’ti vā samanupassanti, ‘‘ahaṃ parena sadiso samāno asmī’’ti vā samanupassanti, ‘‘ahaṃ parato hīno lāmako asmī’’ti vā samanupassanti, yathābhūtassa adassanā aññatra vajjetvā aññaṃ kiṃ nāma kāraṇaṃ siyā, yathābhūtaṃ adassanato tāva samanupassanassa aññaṃ kāraṇaṃ natthi, yathābhūtaṃ adassanameva kāraṇanti veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Aniccāya vedanāyā’’tiādīsupi iminā vuttanayena vuttanayānusārena yojanā kātabbā. Idaṃ ‘‘ye hi kecī’’tiādikaṃ suttappadesavacanaṃ ñeyyaṃ nāma. ‘‘Ye ca kho kecī’’tiādiko sukkapakkho pana vuttavipariyāyena veditabbo. Idaṃ ‘‘ye ca kho’’tiādikaṃ suttappadesavacanaṃ ñāṇaṃ nāma. Idaṃ ‘‘ye hi kecī’’tiādikaṃ suttaṃ ñāṇe ca ñeyye ca atthe vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato ñāṇañca ñeyyañca hoti. (6)
种种的智和所知,以及教法根本经典,已由阿阇梨确定,我们也已经了解。因为应当问“什么是见”,所以说了“其中,什么是见”等。其中,就是在那些世间等二十八种教法根本经典中,问哪一部经名为“见”。巴利
Nānāvidhaṃ ñāṇañca ñeyyañca sāsanapaṭṭhānasuttaṃ ācariyena niddhāritaṃ, amhehi ca ñātaṃ, ‘‘katamaṃ dassana’’nti pucchitabbattā ‘‘tattha katamaṃ dassana’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tatthāti tesu lokiyādīsu aṭṭhavīsatividhesu sāsanapaṭṭhānesu suttesu katamaṃ suttaṃ dassanaṃ nāmāti pucchati.
115 由具有深慧的一切知佛陀用略说、广说等各种方式善巧开示的诸圣谛,那些已修习、已开发的圣者以智慧之光将它们显明。那些已修习、已开发的圣者,即使到了天王、转轮王等容易令人放逸的地位而变得极为放逸,然而由于他们已以预流道智灭除了行作识,那些会在第八有等状态中生起的名色已经灭尽,所以他们不会以第八次存在的方式执取后有。应当这样连接理解。这段“那些圣谛”等经文,因为是以能说、能表的方式在见道、初道智上运作,所以称为“见”。巴利
115.Gambhīrapaññena sabbaññubuddhena sudesitāni saṅkhepavitthārādīhi tehi tehi nayehi suṭṭhu desitāni ariyasaccāni ye bhāvitabhāvanā ariyapuggalā paññāobhāsena vibhāvayanti, te bhāvitabhāvanā ariyapuggalā devarajjacakkavattirajjādipamādaṭṭhānaṃ āgamma bhusaṃ pamattā kiñcāpi honti, tathāpi te bhāvitabhāvanā ariyapuggalā sotāpattimaggañāṇena abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇassa nirodhena aṭṭhamabhavādīsu uppajjanārahānaṃ nāmarūpānaṃ niruddhattā aṭṭhamakkhattuvasena aṭṭhamaṃ bhavaṃ na ādiyantīti yojanā. Idaṃ ‘‘ye ariyasaccānī’’tiādikaṃ suttaṃ dassane paṭhamamaggañāṇe vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato dassanaṃ nāma.
为了在城门外侧做防护,在地上挖一个深八肘或十肘的坑,把柱子立在坑里,这根依靠大地、扎根大地、深入大地的因陀罗柱,是用坚实木材做成的柱子,四方吹来的风、大风都不能动摇它,也无法使它摇动。同样,那位如实彻见圣谛的善士,因为不被一切外道论说之风所动摇,我说他就好比这根因陀罗柱。应当这样连接理解。这段“如同因陀罗柱”等经文,按照前面所说的方式,就叫做“见”。巴利
Nagaradvārabāhathirakaraṇatthaṃ ummārabbhantare pathaviyaṃ aṭṭhahatthadasahatthappamāṇaṃ āvāṭaṃ khaṇitvā tasmiṃ āvāṭe ussāpitattā pathavissito pathavinissito antopathavinissito indakhīlo sāradārumayo thambho catubbhi catūhi disāhi āgatehi vātehi mahāvātehi asampakampiyo sampakampituṃ asakkuṇeyyo siyā yathā, yo sappuriso ariyasaccāni avecca passati, taṃ sappurisaṃ sabbatitthiyavādavātehi asampakampiyattā tathūpamaṃ ahaṃ vadāmīti yojanā. Idaṃ ‘‘yathindakhīlo’’tiādikaṃ suttaṃ vuttanayena dassanaṃ nāma.
比丘们,具足四预流支的圣弟子,如果想说明自己是圣者、正自觉世尊的弟子,他就能自己亲自为自己授记说:贤者,我现在已经灭尽地狱,已经灭尽畜生趣……我将终结苦。为了显示这四支的具体样貌,所以说了“以哪四种”等。这段“以四种”等的开示,就叫作“见”。巴利
Bhikkhave, catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato ariyasāvako ariyassa bhagavato sammāsambuddhassa sāvako ācikkhituṃ ākaṅkhamāno hutvā attanāva sayameva attānaṃ byākareyya ‘‘bho, mama atta ahaṃ idāni khīṇanirayo amhi, khīṇatiracchānayoni amhi…pe…. dukkhassantaṃ karissāmī’’ti byākareyya. Caturaṅgasarūpaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘katamehi catūhī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Idaṃ ‘‘catūhī’’tiādikaṃ dassanaṃ nāma.
种种不同的“见”已经确定。因为接下来应当问“什么是修习”,所以说了“其中,什么是修习”等话。巴利
Nānāvidhaṃ dassanaṃ niddhāritaṃ, ‘‘katamā bhāvanā’’ti pucchitabbattā ‘‘tattha katamā bhāvanā’’tiādi vuttaṃ.
在这里的教法中,如果一位圣弟子通过断除内心能导致投生欲有的五下分结,以及通过断除在外能导致投生色界、无色界的五上分结,他的信根等诸根就得到善修习,通过修习圣道而被很好地修习。这位已修习、已修道、已调御的圣弟子,彻底厌离并洞穿此世与他世,通达之后,在死时、命终时,期待、希求死亡或命终。应当这样连接理解。这段“若诸根”等巴利经文,因为是以能表达、能说明修习的方式而说的,所以称为“修习”。巴利
Idha sāsane yassa ariyasāvakassa ajjhattaṃ kāmabhave nibbattāpakānaṃ orambhāgiyasaṃyojanānaṃ pajahanavasena ca bahiddhā rūpārūpabhavesu nibbattāpakānaṃ uddhambhāgiyasaṃyojanānaṃ pajahanavasena ca indriyāni saddhindriyādīni indriyāni subhāvitāni ariyamaggabhāvanāvasena suṭṭhu bhāvitāni bhavanti, bhāvito bhāvitamaggo sa danto so ariyasāvako imaṃ lokañca paraṃ lokañca nibbijjha nibbijjhitvā paṭivijjhitvā kālaṃ maraṇakāle , kālaṃkiriyaṃ vā kaṅkhati patthetīti yojanā. Ayaṃ ‘‘yassindriyānī’’tiādikā pāḷi bhāvanāya vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato bhāvanā nāma.
法句,就是禅那、观、道、果、涅槃这些法的组成部分。无贪法句,是以无贪为首要,所证得的禅那、观、道、涅槃这一法句的组成部分。其余各类也照这样类推。这段“此四种”等巴利经文,按照所说的方式,就叫作修习。巴利
Dhammapadāni jhānavipassanāmaggaphalanibbānadhammakoṭṭhāsāni. Anabhijjhā dhammapadaṃ anabhijjhāsīsena adhigatajhānavipassanāmagganibbānadhammapadaṃ koṭṭhāsaṃ. Esa nayo sesesupi. Ayaṃ ‘‘cattārimānī’’tiādikā pāḷi vuttanayena bhāvanā nāma. (7)
天子,断除的人应当用下三道的道来断除五下分结;舍弃的人应当用阿罗汉道来舍弃五上分结;修习的人应当进一步修习信等五根。超越了五结——贪结、嗔结、痴结、慢结、见结——的比丘,被称为渡越暴流的人,也就是渡越了欲暴流、有暴流、见暴流、无明暴流。应当这样连接理解。“断五、舍五”这一段话属于见。“更修五……被称为”这一段属于修习。这段“五”等经文兼具见和修习。巴利
Devaputta chindanto puggalo pañca orambhāgiyasaṃyojanāni heṭṭhā maggattayena chinde chindeyya, pajahanto puggalo pañca uddhambhāgiyasaṃyojanāni arahattamaggena jahe pajaheyya, bhāvayanto puggalo pañca saddhindriyādīni ca uttari bhāvaye bhāveyya. Pañcasaṅgātigo rāgasaṅgadosasaṅgamohasaṅgamānasaṅgadiṭṭhisaṅgātigo bhikkhu oghatiṇṇoti kāmoghabhavoghadiṭṭhoghaavijjoghatiṇṇoti vuccati kathīyatīti yojanā. ‘‘Pañca chinde pañca jahe’’ti idaṃ vacanaṃ dassanaṃ nāma. ‘‘Pañca cuttari…pe… vuccatī’’ti ayaṃ pāḷi bhāvanā nāma. Idaṃ ‘‘pañcā’’tiādikaṃ suttaṃ dassanañca bhāvanā ca hoti.
“比丘们,有这三种……”等句里,词语之间的连接关系很清楚。巴利
‘‘Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave’’tiādīsu yojanā pākaṭā. (8)
116 “诸恶莫作……诸佛的教法”这部经,因为是正等正觉者的言说,所以称为“自说”。它的含义前面已经讲过了。巴利
116. ‘‘Sabbapāpassa akaraṇaṃ…pe… buddhāna sāsana’’nti idaṃ suttaṃ sammāsambuddhassa vacanabhāvato sakavacanaṃ nāma. Attho heṭṭhā vuttova.
比丘们,愚人有愚人的相、愚人的判定依据、愚人的特征、执取“这是愚人”的依据、愚人的标记,这些是愚人由来已久、根深蒂固的行为。其他智者就是依据这些愚人的相等,认定他是“愚人”。这些愚人的相,由我来说有三种。哪三种?比丘们,愚人是想得糟糕的人,他想的是贪欲、嗔恨、邪见这些糟糕的念头;是说糟糕话的人,他说的是妄语等糟糕的话;是做糟糕事的人,他做的是杀生等糟糕的行为。比丘们,这些就是我所讲的三种愚人的相。而白分(智者的相)应当按所说的相反面来理解。这“比丘们,有三种”等话,因为是正自觉者所说,所以称为自语。巴利
Bhikkhave, bālassa bālalakkhaṇāni bālaupalakkhaṇakāraṇāni bālanimittāni ‘‘ayaṃ bālo’’ti gahaṇakāraṇāni bālāpadānāni bālassa apadānāni porāṇāni viruḷhāni kammāni yehi bālalakkhaṇādīhi bālaṃ ‘‘bālo’’ti pare paṇḍitā sañjānanti, imāni bālalakkhaṇāni mayā vuccamānāni tīṇi. Katamāni tīṇi? Bhikkhave, bālo duccintitacintī ca duccintitaṃ abhijjhābyāpādamicchādassanaṃ cintī ca hoti, dubbhāsitabhāsī dubbhāsitaṃ musāvādādiṃ bhāsī ca hoti. dukkaṭakammakārī ca dukkaṭaṃ pāṇātipātādikammaṃ kārī ca hoti. Bhikkhave, bālassa…pe… bālāpadānāni iminā mayā vuttāni tīṇi kho bhavanti. Sukkapakkho pana vuttavipariyāyena veditabbo. Idaṃ ‘‘tīṇimāni bhikkhave’’tiādikaṃ vacanaṃ sammāsambuddhassa vacanabhāvato sakavacanaṃ nāma.
没有像大地那样宽广的正觉。清晨降下的水,得势者拼命执取,所以叫“堕处”;与堕处相等、比它更低洼的地方,找不到。没有像须弥山那样高耸的,也没有像转轮王那样的人——应当这样连接理解。这“与大地平等”等话,因为是另一位天人的话,所以属于他语。巴利
Pathavīsamo vitthato sambodho nāma natthi. Pātaṃ vuṭṭhaṃ udakaṃ ābhuso lābhi gaṇhātīti pātālo, pātālena samo pātālasamo ninno na vijjati. Merusamo unnato natthi, cakkavattisadiso poriso natthīti yojanā. Idaṃ ‘‘pathavīsamo’’tiādikaṃ vacanaṃ parassa devassa vacanabhāvato paravacanaṃ hoti.
天帝释说了“天帝,愿以你的善说获胜!”之后,对毗摩质多说:毗摩质多,以你的善说而获胜吧。接着又说:毗摩质多,你诵出偈颂吧,诵吧。比丘们,那时,阿修罗主毗摩质多在被要求后,诵出了这首偈颂:如果没有能制止他们的人,如果根本不存在这样的人,愚人就会更加愤怒。因此,坚定而明智的贤者,应该用严厉的惩罚来制止愚人。巴利
‘‘Devānaṃ inda, tava subhāsitena jayo hotī’’ti vatvā ‘‘vepacitti, tava subhāsitena jayo hotū’’ti vatvā ‘‘vepacitti, tvaṃ gāthaṃ bhaṇa bhaṇāhī’’ti avoca. Bhikkhave, atha kho asurindo vepacitti imaṃ vuccamānaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi ‘‘te paṭisedhako no ce assa no ce bhaveyya , evaṃ sati bālā bhiyyo pakujjheyyuṃ, tasmā dhīro paṇḍito bhusena daṇḍena bālaṃ nisedhaye’’ti.
比丘们,当阿修罗王毗摩质多说出这首偈颂时,阿修罗们表示赞同,天人们则保持沉默。比丘们,那时,阿修罗王毗摩质多对帝释天说了这样的话:“天帝,你来诵偈吧,诵吧。”比丘们,那时,帝释天诵出了这首偈颂:“制止愚人,明知对方是心怀敌意、已被激怒的愚人,一个有正念、有正知的智者却能不被愤怒牵动而平息下来——我认为,这种平息才是那位智者最殊胜的平息。”巴利
Gāthāya, bhikkhave, asurindena vepacittinā bhāsitāya asurā anumodiṃsu, devā tuṇhī ahesuṃ. Bhikkhave, atha kho asurindo vepacitti devānaṃ indaṃ sakkaṃ etaṃ vacanaṃ avoca ‘‘devānaminda, tvaṃ gāthaṃ bhaṇa bhaṇāhī’’ti etaṃ vacanaṃ avoca. Bhikkhave, atha kho devānamindo sakko imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi ‘‘bālassa paṭisedhanaṃ paraṃ paccatthikaṃ saṅkupitaṃ ñatvā sato satimā yo paṇḍito kodhato upasammati, tassa paṇḍitassa etadeva upasamaṃ varanti ahaṃ maññe’’ti.
比丘们,当帝释天王诵出这首偈颂时,天人们随喜赞同,阿修罗们则沉默不语。比丘们,那时,帝释天王对阿修罗王毗摩质多说:“毗摩质多,你来诵偈吧。”说了这番话。比丘们,那时,阿修罗王毗摩质多诵出了这首偈颂:“天神王啊,当一个人忍耐的时候,愚人就会认为这个忍耐的人‘他是怕我才忍耐的’。对于忍耐,我看到的过失就是这个。天神王啊,就像牛群踩踏逃跑的牛一样,愚痴的人会更加骑压、践踏那个忍耐的人。”巴利
Gāthāya, bhikkhave, devānamindena sakkena bhāsitāya devā anumodiṃsu, asurā tuṇhī ahesuṃ. Bhikkhave, atha kho devānamindo sakko asurindaṃ vepacittiṃ etaṃ vacanaṃ avoca ‘‘vepacitti, tvaṃ gāthaṃ bhaṇāhī’’ti etaṃ vacanaṃ avoca. Bhikkhave, atha kho asurindo vepacitti imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi ‘‘vāsava yadā titikkhati, tadā naṃ titikkhantaṃ puggalaṃ bālo ‘‘ayaṃ me bhayā titikkhatī’’ti maññati, titikkhāya etadeva vajjaṃ ahaṃ passāmi. Vāsava gogaṇo palāyinaṃ gavaṃ ajjhottharati iva, evaṃ dummedho khamantaṃ bhiyyo ajjhāruhati ajjhottharati.
比丘们,当阿修罗王毗摩质多说出这首偈颂时,阿修罗们随喜赞同,天人则保持沉默。牛群相斗时,一开始只有两头牛在斗,而只要还没有一头牛逃跑,整个牛群就只是站在那里观看。当有一头牛逃跑时,所有的牛就会更加猛烈地扑向那头逃跑的牛——牛斗的情形应当这样理解。“那时”等语的连接意义,是显而易见的。巴利
Gāthāya, bhikkhave, asurindena vepacittinā bhāsitāya asurā anumodiṃsu, devā tuṇhī ahesuṃ. Jāyamāne ca goyuddhe paṭhamaṃ dveyeva goṇā yujjhanti, gogaṇo pana yāva eko goṇo na palāyati, tāva olokentova tiṭṭhati. Yadā ca eko goṇo palāyati , tadā sabbo goṇo taṃ palāyinaṃ gavaṃ bhiyyo ajjhottharatīti goyuddhasabhāvo veditabbo. ‘‘Atha kho’’tiādīnaṃ yojanattho pākaṭo.
毗摩质多,如果有人能够忍耐,那么对于这个正在忍耐的人,愚人也许会觉得:“他是因为怕我才忍耐的。”不管他这么想还是不那么想,那种想法都毫无用处。在各种利益当中,自己的利益最为第一。而在忍耐之中,再也找不到比忍耐更大的自己的利益了。巴利
Vepacitti, yo puggalo titikkhati, taṃ khamantaṃ puggalaṃ ‘‘ayaṃ me bhayā titikkhatī’’ti kāmaṃ maññatu vā, mā maññatu vā, taṃ maññanaṃ nipphalameva. Atthā sadatthaparamā bhavanti. Khantyā khantito bhiyyo sadattho nāma na vijjati.
有力的人面对弱小者能够忍耐,善士们说这种忍耐才是至高无上的忍辱;而弱小者呢,不过是一直在忍受罢了。巴利
Yo balavā santo dubbalassa have titikkhatīti tassa balavantassa taṃ titikkhanaṃ paramaṃ khantinti sappurisā āhu, dubbalo niccaṃ khamati eva.
愚者所具有的愚者之力,善士们说那其实是“无力”;而法护者所具有的力量,没有任何人能对抗、反击或与之抗衡。巴利
Yassa bālassa bālabalaṃ atthi, tassa bālassa bālabalaṃ ‘‘abala’’nti sappurisā āhu, yassa dhammaguttassa yaṃ balaṃ atthi, tassa dhammaguttassa tassa balassa paṭivattā paṭippharitvā vattā na vijjati.
毗摩质多,如果有人对先发怒的人还以愤怒,那么这个还怒的人,就因为这种还怒,比那个先发怒的恶人还要更恶、更坏、更下劣。巴利
Vepacitti, yo puggalo kuddhaṃ paṭhamaṃ kujjhantassa paṭikujjhati, so paṭikujjhanto puggalo tena paṭikujjhanena tassa paṭhamaṃ kujjhantassa pāpapuggalassa pāpapuggalato pāpiyo eva pāpataro hīnataro eva bhave.
毗摩质多,如果有善士具念、具正念,知道对方已经发怒,对先发怒的人却不还以愤怒,这样的善士就叫做战胜了难胜之战,也叫做在为自己和对方双方谋求利益。巴利
Vepacitti, yo sappuriso sato satimā paraṃ saṅkupitaṃ ñatvā paṭhamaṃ kujjhantassa appaṭikujjhantova bhave, so sappuriso dujjayaṃ saṅgāmaṃ jeti nāma, attano ca parassa ca ubhinnaṃ atthaṃ carati nāma.
正在为自己和对方治病疗伤的人,双方的愤怒就会平息下来。可是,那些对法——对忍辱法的意义,或者对四圣谛法——并不通达的人,却会把安忍的善士看成“这是个愚人”。对这些不通达的人来说,那种看法毫无用处。巴利
Attano ca parassa ca tikicchantānaṃ ubhinnaṃ kodho upasammati, ye janā dhammassa khantidhammassa atthe, catusaccadhamme vā akovidā bhavanti, te janā khamantaṃ sappurisaṃ ‘‘ayaṃ bālo’’ti maññanti, tesaṃ akovidānaṃ janānaṃ taṃ maññanaṃ nipphalanti.
比丘们,在诸偈颂中,当这些偈颂由天众之主帝释所说时,诸天随喜,阿修罗则沉默不语——应当这样连接理解。这段“愚人更加……”等话语,因为是帝释与韦波质底所说的话,所以称为“他语”。巴利
Gāthāsu, bhikkhave, devānamindena sakkena bhāsitāsu devā anumodiṃsu, asurā tuṇhī ahesunti yojanā. Idaṃ ‘‘bhiyyo bālā’’tiādikaṃ vacanaṃ sakkavepacittīnaṃ vacanabhāvato paravacanaṃ nāma. (9)
117 现在已得到的欲乐用具,以及未来将会得到、应当获得的欲乐用具,这两类都沾满尘垢,被贪欲等尘垢所染。当一个有病的人,在同样有病的人身边不断随学,这些就会以“修学核心”的样子呈现在他面前:戒、誓愿、活命、梵行,这些都成了他心中的修学核心。那些把这种现前当作核心、执取为真实的人,就是执著“现前为核心”的人。这里,戒是指“我不做”这种克制;誓愿是指吃饭等义务的履行;活命是指谋生方式;梵行则应理解为远离淫欲这一特殊状态。对执著“现前为核心”的人来说,这是第一种低劣的极端。还有些人主张“在欲乐中没有过失”,持有这种说法和见解而安住,对这些人来说,这是第二种低劣的极端。这两种极端的主张者,都像在坟场里不断增长坟堆一样,增长邪见。对这两种极端——自我折磨的苦行和沉溺欲乐——有些人因为不了知而停滞其中,有些人则冲得过头,应当这样连接理解。这段“已得的”等话,因为是别人的言论,所以称为他语。巴利
117.Pattaṃ etarahi adhigataṃ yañca kāmūpakaraṇaṃ, āyatiṃ pattabbaṃ adhigataṃ yañca kāmūpakaraṇaṃ atthi, etaṃ ubhayaṃ rajānukiṇṇaṃ rāgarajādikiṇṇaṃ iti āturassa āturānaṃyeva puggalānaṃ santike anusikkhato anusikkhantassa sikkhāsārā hutvā upaṭṭhahanti, sīlaṃ vataṃ jīvitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ ime sikkhāsārā hutvā upaṭṭhahantīti ye upaṭṭhānasārā puggalā sārato gahetvā ṭhitā. Ettha sīlaṃ nāma ‘‘na karomī’’ti oramaṇaṃ. Vataṃ nāma bhojanakiccakaraṇādi. Jīvitaṃ nāma ājīvo. Brahmacariyaṃ nāma methunavirativisesabhāvo veditabbo. Tesaṃ upaṭṭhānasārānaṃ puggalānaṃ ayaṃ vādo eko paṭhamo anto lāmako. Ye ca puggalā ‘‘kāmesu doso natthī’’ti evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino hutvā ṭhitā, tesaṃ puggalānaṃ ayaṃ vādo eko dutiyo anto lāmako. Iccete ubho antā antavādā puggalā kaṭasivaḍḍhanā kaṭasiyo diṭṭhiṃ vaḍḍhenti. Ete ubho ante attakilamathānuyoge kāmasukhallikānuyoge eke puggalā anabhiññāya olīyanti, eke puggalā atidhāvantīti yojanā. Idaṃ ‘‘yañca patta’’ntiādikaṃ vacanaṃ paresaṃ puggalānaṃ vacanabhāvato paravacanaṃ nāma.
那些具有正见的人,已经如实了知两种极端——自我折磨的苦行和沉溺欲乐的放纵——并且不落入这两种极端之中。由于这种了知,他们不执取这两种极端。对这些具有正见的人来说,三种轮转的施设并不存在。因此,这段“而那些……”等话,因为是世尊自己的言论,所以称为自语。这段优陀那——“已得的……中略……施设”——按照上述方式,既是自语也是他语。巴利
Ye ca sammādiṭṭhipuggalā te ubho ante attakilamathānuyogakāmasukhallikānuyoge abhiññāya tatra ca ante na ahesuṃ. Tena ca abhijānanena te ubho ante na amaññiṃsu, tesaṃ sammādiṭṭhipuggalānaṃ vaṭṭaṃ tividhaṃ vaṭṭaṃ paññāpanāya natthi. Iti evaṃ idaṃ ‘‘ye cā’’tiādikaṃ vacanaṃ bhagavato vacanabhāvato sakavacanaṃ nāma. Ayaṃ udāno ‘‘yañca pattaṃ…pe… paññāpanāyā’’ti ayaṃ udāno vuttanayena sakavacanañca paravacanañca hoti.
名叫波斯匿的憍萨罗国国王对世尊说了这样一段话:“我在这里……那些人的自己是可爱的。”尊者,我在这里独自静坐时,心里生起了这样的念头:哪些众生的自己是可爱的?哪些众生的自己是不可爱的?尊者,我心里生起了这样的念头:凡是以身行恶行……乃至以意行恶行的众生,他们的自己就是不可爱的。那些行恶行的众生即使说“自己是可爱的”,但实际上,行恶行的众生,他们的自己就是不可爱的。这是什么原因呢?因为一个不可爱者对另一个不可爱者会做出不利的事,那些行恶行的众生正是自己对自己做了那种恶行。正因为他们自己对自己做了不利的事,所以那些行恶行的众生,他们的自己就是不可爱的。我心里生起了这样的念头。巴利
Pasenadi nāma kosalo kosalissaro rājā bhagavantaṃ etaṃ ‘‘idha mayhaṃ…pe… tesaṃ piyo attā’’ti vacanaṃ avoca. Bhante, idha rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa mayhaṃ mama cetaso cittassa evaṃ parivitakko udapādi, kesaṃ sattānaṃ attā piyo nu kho, kesaṃ sattānaṃ attā appiyo nu kho iti etaṃ parivitakkanaṃ udapādi. Bhante, tassa mayhaṃ etaṃ parivitakkanaṃ ahosi, ye ca keci sattā kāyena duccaritaṃ caranti kho…pe… manasā duccaritaṃ caranti kho, tesaṃ sattānaṃ attā appiyo kho. Te duccaritaṃ carantā sattā ‘‘no attā piyo’’ti evaṃ kiñcāpi vadeyyuṃ, atha kho tesaṃ duccaritaṃ carantānaṃ sattānaṃ attā appiyova. Taṃ kissa hetu? Appiyo appiyassa anatthāya yaṃ duccaritaṃ kareyya, taṃ duccaritaṃ te duccaritaṃ carantā sattā attanāva. sayameva. Attano anatthāya hi yasmā karonti, tasmā tesaṃ duccaritaṃ carantānaṃ sattānaṃ attā appiyovāti etaṃ parivitakkanaṃ ahosi.
尊者,凡是任何众生以身行善行……乃至以意行善行,这些行善行的众生,自己就是可爱的。即使这些行善行的众生说“自己不可爱”,然而这些行善行的众生,自己仍然是可爱的。这是什么原因呢?因为可爱的人会为了可爱者的利益而行善行,这些行善行的众生正是自己、亲自为了自己的利益而做。正因为他们是为了自己的利益而做,所以这些行善行的众生,自己就是可爱的。这个思惟生起了。他说了这番话,应当这样连接。巴利
Bhante , ye ca keci sattā kāyena sucaritaṃ caranti kho…pe… manasā sucaritaṃ caranti kho, tesaṃ sucaritaṃ carantānaṃ sattānaṃ attā piyo kho, te sucaritaṃ carantā sattā ‘‘no attā appiyo’’ti evaṃ kiñcāpi vadeyyuṃ, atha kho tesaṃ sucaritaṃ carantānaṃ sattānaṃ attā piyova. Taṃ kissa hetu? Piyo piyassa atthāya yaṃ sucaritaṃ careyya, taṃ sucaritaṃ te sucaritaṃ carantā sattā attanāva sayameva attano atthāya hi yasmā karonti , tasmā tesaṃ sucaritaṃ carantānaṃ sattānaṃ attā piyovāti etaṃ parivitakkanaṃ ahosi. Etaṃ vacanaṃ avocāti yojanā.
先说了“正是如此,大王”这句话之后,对于世尊所说的“凡任何……”等语句,也应当用同样的方式加以连接。巴利
‘‘Evametaṃ mahārājā’’ti vacanaṃ paṭhamaṃ vatvā ‘‘ye hi kecī’’tiādike bhagavato vuttavacanepi yojanā tatheva kātabbā.
在偈颂里,如果智者知道自己是可爱的,那么在这种情况下,这位智者就不会用恶业把自己缠缚起来,也不会让自己跟恶业结合。因为这句话是真实的:可爱的自己并不容易得到,作恶的人也不容易得到快乐。巴利
Gāthāsu pana yo paṇḍito attānaṃ ‘‘piya’’nti ce jaññā, evaṃ sati so paṇḍito naṃ attānaṃ pāpena kammena na saṃyuje na saṃyojeyya, taṃ vacanaṃ hi saccaṃ piyaṃ attānaṃ sulabhaṃ na hoti, dukkaṭakārinā sukhaṃ sulabhaṃ na hoti.
被死神征服、正舍弃人间生命、站在死亡之口的众生,什么才是真正属于自己的?站在死亡之口的众生,带着什么前往他世?就像影子从不离开行走的人一样,同样,前往他世的众生,什么会跟着他走。巴利
Antakena maccunā adhipannassa mānusaṃ bhavaṃ jahato pajahantassa tassa maraṇamukhe ṭhitassa sattassa kiṃ sakaṃ hoti, maraṇamukhe ṭhito so satto kiñca ādāya paralokaṃ gacchati, chāyā gacchantaṃ sattaṃ anapāyinī iva, evaṃ assa paralokagatassa sattassa kiñca anugaṃ hoti.
世尊这样问,问完之后又说了“两者”等回答的话。在这个世间,一个人无论造了什么样的福德或什么样的罪业,这两种业,对于死后前往他世的人来说,那福德与罪业就属于他自己。前往他世的众生,正是带着这两种福德与罪业去往来世的。就像影子不会离开行走的人一样,同样,对于前往他世的众生,那福德与罪业也会跟随着他。巴利
Iti bhagavā evaṃ pucchati, pucchitvā ‘‘ubho’’tiādivissajjanavacanañca āha. Idha loke yo macco yaṃ puññañca yaṃ pāpañca ubho kamme kurute karoti, tassa paralokagatassa maccassa taṃ puññapāpadvayaṃ sakaṃ hoti. Paralokaṃ gato macco taṃva puññapāpadvayaṃ ādāya paralokaṃ gacchati, chāyā gacchantaṃ sattaṃ anapāyinī iva, evaṃ assa paralokagatassa maccassa taṃva puññapāpadvayaṃ anugaṃ hoti.
所以,智者应当积集能带来来世果报的善业,成为积集者并付诸实践。对众生来说,福德是来世的依靠,世尊是这样说的,应当这样连接理解。这部以“波斯匿王”等开头的经文,因为是憍萨罗王说的话,所以属于他人的话。“正是如此,大王,正是如此,大王”等随喜语,因为是世尊说的话,所以属于自己的话。这两种话,既是他人的话,也是自己的话。巴利
Tasmā paṇḍito samparāyikaṃ samparāye phalanibbattāpakaṃ kalyāṇaṃ nicayaṃ nicayanto hutvā kareyya. Pāṇinaṃ paralokasmiṃ puññāni patiṭṭhā honti, iti bhagavā āhāti yojanā kātabbā. Idaṃ ‘‘rājā pasenadī’’tiādikaṃ suttaṃ kosalarañño vacanabhāvato paravacanaṃ hoti. ‘‘Evametaṃ , mahārāja, evametaṃ mahārājā’’tiādikā anugīti bhagavato vacanabhāvato sakavacanaṃ hoti. Idaṃ dvayaṃ vacanaṃ sakavacanañca paravacanañca hoti. (10)
118 118. 当被问及问题时:应当了知这是苦谛,应当断除这是集谛,应当修习这是道谛,应当证悟这是灭谛或果。这些善与不善的法,或以善与不善的性质被把握,或以无过与有过被把握,或以乐报与苦报被把握——这个能产生可爱之果,这个能产生不可爱之果。对于如此被把握的那些善与不善法,这是增长之义,这是减损之义。如此,这段以“当被问及问题时”开头的经文,因为是以能说能显的方式运作于应当解释的义理,所以名为“应解释”。巴利
118. Pañhe pucchite idaṃ dukkhasaccaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ, idaṃ samudayasaccaṃ pahātabbaṃ, idaṃ maggasaccaṃ bhāvetabbaṃ, idaṃ nirodhasaccaṃ, phalaṃ vā sacchikātabbaṃ, ime kusalākusalā dhammā evaṃ kusalākusalabhāvena gahitā anavajjasāvajjabhāvena vā gahitā sukhavipākadukkhavipākabhāvena vā gahitā, idaṃ iṭṭhavipākaṃ idaṃ aniṭṭhavipākaṃ phalaṃ nibbattayaiti evaṃgahitānaṃ tesaṃ kusalākusaladhammānaṃ ayaṃ vuḍḍhi attho, ayaṃ hāni atthoti. Iti idaṃ ‘‘pañhe pucchite’’tiādikaṃ suttaṃ vissajjanīye atthe vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato vissajjanīyaṃ nāma.
用“佛陀世尊是崇高的”这句话,就只从一个方面、一个部分,明确指出了佛陀的崇高。用“法是善说的”这句话,就只从一个方面、一个部分,明确指出了法的善说。用“僧团是善行的”这句话,就只从一个方面、一个部分,明确指出了僧团的善行。用“一切行无常”这句话,就只从一个方面,明确指出了行的无常。用“一切行苦”这句话,就只从一个方面,明确指出了行的苦。用“一切法无我”这句话,就只从一个方面,明确指出了法的无我。这里没有说“一切行无我”,而是说“一切法无我”,用这句话就只从一个方面指出:除了行之外,如果还有任何属于道、果、灭、等至的法类,那么这些道、果、灭、等至的法类也同样是这个种类,也就是可以这样明确判定为无我的——应当这样连接理解。这段以“崇高”等开头的经文,因为是以能说、能显示的方式,围绕应当解释的佛陀崇高性等内容而展开,所以名为“应解释”。巴利
‘‘Uḷāro buddho bhagavā’’ti iminā padena buddhauḷārataṃ ekaṃseneva ekakoṭṭhāseneva niddise. ‘‘Svākkhāto dhammo’’ti iminā padena dhammasvākkhātataṃ ekaṃseneva ekakoṭṭhāseneva niddise. ‘‘Suppaṭipanno saṅgho’’ti iminā padena saṅghasuppaṭipattiṃ ekaṃseneva ekakoṭṭhāseneva niddise ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti iminā padena saṅkhārāniccataṃ ekaṃseneva niddise. ‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti iminā padena saṅkhāradukkhataṃ ekaṃseneva niddise. ‘‘Sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti iminā padena dhammānattataṃ ekaṃseneva niddise. ‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā anattā’’ti avatvā ‘‘sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti vuttena iminā padena saṅkhārehi aññaṃ yaṃ vā pana maggaphalanirodhasamāpattidhammajātaṃ atthi, taṃ maggaphalanirodhasamāpattidhammajātampi evaṃjātiyaṃ evaṃ ekaṃsabyākaraṇīyanti maggaphalanirodhasamāpattidhammajātassāpi anattataṃ ekaṃseneva niddiseti yojanā. Idaṃ ‘‘uḷāro’’tiādikaṃ suttaṃ vissajjanīye buddhauḷāratādike vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato vissajjanīyaṃ nāma.
对于那位调御人天的导师、那位有所欲求的世尊,他以与一切知智相应的意、以那第一等的意所思维的了知之法,一切天人、人类和众生都不能知道、不能了知。对于那位安住于寂静无诤之定的世尊,他以意所思维的遍相,一切众生也不能知道、不能了知。或者说,以遍相为所缘的慧也不能知道、不能了知。这里“遍相”一词,虽然本应说成“遍相亦”,但因为省略了 ya 这个音,所以说成“遍相亦”。另一种理解是:所问的问题——“他欲求什么、他作什么样的欲求,那个欲求是什么”——因为不是其他人所能了知的领域,所以成为不可解释的。应当这样连接。这段以“欲求”开头的经文,因为是以能说能显的方式运作于不可解释的领域,所以名为“不可解释”。巴利
Naradammasārathi ākaṅkhato te bhagavato manasā sabbaññutaññāṇasahitādimanasā vicintitaṃ ñeyyadhammaṃ devā manussā sabbe pāṇino na jaññā na jāneyyuṃ. Santaṃ araṇaṃ samādhiṃ nisevato te bhagavato manasā vicintitā kasiṇāpi sabbe pāṇino na jaññā na jāneyyuṃ. Kasiṇāpi vā kasiṇārammaṇāya paññāyapi na jaññā na jāneyyuṃ. Kasiṇāpīti ettha ca ‘‘kasiṇāyapī’’ti vattabbepi ya-kāra lopavasena ‘‘kasiṇāpī’’ti vuttaṃ. Atha vā ‘‘yaṃ ākaṅkhati yaṃ ākaṅkhanaṃ karoti, taṃ ākaṅkhanaṃ kiṃ katama’’nti pucchitaṃ pañhaṃ aññesaṃ avisayattā avissajjanīyaṃ hotīti yojanā. Idaṃ ‘‘ākaṅkhato’’tiādikaṃ suttaṃ avissajjanīye visaye vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato avissajjanīyaṃ nāma.
世尊在戒蕴方面,以戒蕴为因,有如此的程度、如此的限量;世尊在定蕴方面,以定蕴为因,有如此的程度、如此的限量;世尊在慧蕴方面,以慧蕴为因,有如此的程度、如此的限量;世尊在解脱蕴方面,以解脱蕴为因,有如此的程度、如此的限量;世尊在解脱知见蕴方面,以解脱知见蕴为因,有如此的程度、如此的限量;世尊在威仪、身语行为方面,以身语行为因,有如此的程度、如此的限量;世尊在威力方面,以威力为因,有如此的程度、如此的限量;世尊在利益意愿方面,以慈为因,有如此的程度、如此的限量;世尊在悲悯方面,以悲为因,有如此的程度、如此的限量;世尊在神通方面,以神通种类为因,有如此的程度、如此的限量——这是不可回答的,应当这样连接。这段以“如此的程度”等开头的经文,因为是在不可回答的领域中以能说能示的方式进行的,所以名为“不可回答”。巴利
Bhagavā sīlakkhandhe sīlakkhandhahetu ettako etaparimāṇo, bhagavā samādhikkhandhe samādhikkhandhahetu ettako etaparimāṇo, bhagavā paññākkhandhe paññākkhandhahetu ettako etaparimāṇo, bhagavā vimuttikkhandhe vimuttikkhandhahetu ettako etaparimāṇo, bhagavā vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhe vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhahetu ettako etaparimāṇo, bhagavā iriyāyaṃ kāyavacīsamācāre kāyavacīsamācārahetu ettako etaparimāṇo, bhagavā pabhāve ānubhāvahetu ettako etaparimāṇo, bhagavā hitesitāyaṃ mettāhetu ettako etaparimāṇo, bhagavā karuṇāyaṃ karuṇāhetu ettako etaparimāṇo, bhagavā iddhiyaṃ iddhividhahetu ettako etaparimāṇoti avissajjanīyoti yojanā. Idaṃ ‘‘ettako’’tiādikaṃ suttaṃ avissajjanīye visaye vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato avissajjanīyaṃ nāma.
比丘们,因为阿罗汉、正自觉者、如来出现于世间,以这种出现为因,三宝的生起就得以发生。未来佛宝的生起得以发生——因为在一尊佛宝住世的期间,不会有另一尊佛宝生起,所以说“未来”。法宝的生起得以发生,僧宝的生起得以发生,这就是三宝。如果有人问:“这三宝在功德上有多大分量?”就不应该回答:“这三宝在功德上就有这么大的分量”——应当这样理解句义。这段以“如来的……”开头的经文,因为是在不可解释的领域里,以能说、能显示的方式进行的,所以名为“不可解释”。巴利
Bhikkhave, arahato sammāsambuddhassa tathāgatassa loke uppādā uppādahetu tiṇṇaṃ ratanānaṃ uppādo sambhavati, āyatiṃ buddharatanassa uppādo sambhavati, ekassa buddharatanassa dharamānakkhaṇena hi aññassa buddharatanassa anuppajjanato āyatinti vuttaṃ, dhammaratanassa uppādo sambhavati, saṅgharatanassa uppādo sambhavatīti tīṇi ratanāni. ‘‘Tāni tīṇi ratanāni guṇato kiṃpamāṇānī’’ti pucchite sati tāni tīṇi ratanāni guṇato etaparimāṇānīti na vissajjitabbānīti yojanā. Idaṃ ‘‘tathāgatassā’’tiādikaṃ suttaṃ avissajjanīye visaye vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato avissajjanīyaṃ nāma.
佛陀的境界、众生的优劣差别,以及以众生优劣差别为所缘的问题,是不可回答的。对众生优劣差别的了知,本来就只属于佛陀的境界,也是不可回答的。比丘们,对于被无明遮蔽、被渴爱系缚的众生来说,前际是不可知的。众生一再地流转、轮回,有时投生地狱,有时投生畜生道,有时投生饿鬼道,有时投生阿修罗道,有时投生天界,有时投生人间,他们的前际是不可知、不可见、不可得的。如果有人问“那前际是什么”,这个问题是不可回答的,因为轮回本来就没有前际。“不可知”这个说法,是就声闻弟子智慧不足而说的,并不是说佛陀自己的智慧不足。如果有人质疑说:难道“不可知”这个说法,应该理解为佛陀自己和声闻弟子都智慧不足吗?针对这个质疑,论师说“诸佛世尊的开示有两种”等等。把开示的对象指向自己来说,就叫“自代入说”;把开示的对象指向他人来说,就叫“他代入说”。为了通过“什么是自代入说,什么是他代入说”这样的提问来限定并说明,所以说了“不可知”等话。这里说“不可知”,是就应当被引导的声闻弟子而言,因为是对所引导的对象说的,所以叫“他代入说”;而“诸佛世尊没有不知”这个开示,是就自己这个应当被引导者而言说的,所以叫“自代入说”。由于已经说了“诸佛世尊没有不知”,就可以知道:前际之所以不可知,正是因为前际本来就不存在,而不是因为佛陀的智慧无法安立。因此,注释书里说:“‘诸佛世尊没有不知’这句话表明,前际之所以不可知,正是因为前际本来就不存在,并不是智慧在那方面有障碍。”巴利
Buddhavisayo puggalaparo puggalapadhāno pañho avissajjanīyo, buddhavisayāva puggalaparoparaññutā avissajjanīyā. Bhikkhave, avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattānaṃ pubbā koṭi na paññāyati taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ, sakiṃ nirayaṃ sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ sattānaṃ, sakiṃ tiracchānayoniṃ sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ sattānaṃ, sakiṃ pettivisayaṃ sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ sattānaṃ, sakiṃ asurayoniṃ sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ sattānaṃ, sakiṃ deve sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ sattānaṃ, sakiṃ manusse sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ sattānaṃ pubbā koṭi na paññāyati na dissati na upalabbhatīti. ‘‘Sā pubbā koṭi katamā’’ti kenaci kataṃ pucchanaṃ avissajjanīyaṃ saṃsārassa pubbakoṭiyā abhāvato avissajjanīyaṃ hoti. ‘‘Na paññāyatī’’ti desanā sāvakānaṃ ñāṇavekallena katā, na attano ñāṇavekallena. ‘‘Na paññāyatī’’ti desanā attano ceva sāvakānañca ñāṇavekallena kātabbā siyāti codanaṃ manasi katvā ‘‘duvidhā buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ desanā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Attā upanetabbo etissā desanāyāti attūpanāyikā. Paro upanetabbo etissā desanāyāti parūpanāyikā. ‘‘Katamā attūpanāyikā desanā, katamā parūpanāyikā desanā’’ti pucchitabbattā niyametvā dassetuṃ ‘‘na paññāyatī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. ‘‘Na paññāyatī’’ti desanā sāvakānaṃ netabbānaṃ vasena desitattā parūpanāyikā desanā nāma, ‘‘natthi buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ avijānanā’’ti desanā attano netabbassa vasena desitattā attūpanāyikā desanā nāma. ‘‘Natthi buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ avijānanā’’ti vuttattā pubbāya koṭiyā abhāvato eva na paññāyatīti viññāyati, bhagavato ñāṇassa paññāpanaṃ kātuṃ asamatthattā na paññāyatīti na viññāyati tena aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘natthi buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ avijānanāti etena purimāya koṭiyā abhāvato eva na paññāyati, na tattha ñāṇassa paṭighātoti dassetī’’ti (netti. aṭṭha. 118) vuttaṃ.
如果有人问:那么,该怎么知道诸佛世尊没有“不知”这回事呢?为了让人明白确实没有“不知”,所以接着说了“就像世尊针对拘迦利比丘那样”等等。不过,注释书里说:为了显示世尊的智慧在一切处都毫无障碍——凡是存在的,即使对别人来说不可度量,对世尊也不是不可度量的——所以才说了“就像世尊针对拘迦利比丘那样”等等。世尊针对拘迦利比丘,一位坐在那里的比丘问:“尊者,红莲地狱的寿命到底有多长?”然后世尊就像那样说了:“譬如……中略……心生嗔恨之后。”因此应当这样理解:通过这种方式,就能知道并没有“不知”这回事。巴利
‘‘Kathaṃ pana buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ avijānanāya natthibhāvovijānitabbo’’ti vattabbattā avijānanāya natthibhāvaṃ jānāpetuṃ ‘‘yathā bhagavā kokālikaṃ bhikkhu’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana – ‘‘yaṃ pana atthi, taṃ aññesaṃ appameyyampi bhagavato na appameyyanti bhagavato sabbattha appaṭihatañāṇataṃ dassetuṃ ‘yathā bhagavā kokālikaṃ bhikkhuṃ ārabbhā’tiādimāhā’’ti vuttaṃ. Bhagavā kokālikaṃ bhikkhuṃ ārabbha ‘‘kīva dīghaṃ nu kho, bhante, padume niraye āyuppamāṇa’’nti pañhaṃ pucchitvā nisinnaṃ aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ yathā yena pakārena ‘‘seyyathāpi…pe… āghātetvā’’ti evamāha. Tato tena pakārena avijānanāya natthibhāvo vijānitabboti attho gahetabbo.
比丘,你要这样观察:有个叫拘迦利的比丘,把二十佉梨重的憍萨罗芝麻堆成一堆放着。然后有一个人,每过一百年从这堆芝麻里取出一粒。这二十佉梨重的憍萨罗芝麻堆,用这种取法,会比一个阿浮陀地狱更快地耗尽、消尽。可是一个阿浮陀地狱并不会因此耗尽、消尽。二十个阿浮陀地狱,在那么长的时间里,或许会耗尽、消尽;同样地,一个尼罗浮陀地狱,在那么长的时间里,也不会耗尽、消尽。剩下的地狱也照这样类推。拘迦利比丘对舍利弗和目犍连心生嗔恨,命终后投生在红莲地狱。比丘,你要这样观察——这是世尊说的。世尊并没有说“这是不可度量的,这是不可计数的”之类的话。如果有人问:“在那个不可度量当中,什么是不可度量?在那个不可计数当中,什么是不可计数?”这个问题因为属于佛陀的境界,所以无法回答。这部《不可度量不可计数经》,按照上面所说的道理,也是无法回答的。巴利
Bhikkhu, tvaṃ sallakkhehi, kokāliko vīsatikhāriko kosalako tilavāho rāsiṃ katvā ṭhapito, tato tilato puriso vassasatassa vassasatassa accayena ekamekaṃ tilaṃ uddhareyya, so vīsatikhāriko kosalako tilavāho iminā uddharānupakkamena khippataraṃ parikkhayaṃ pariyādānaṃ seyyathāpi gaccheyya, eko abbudo nirayo parikkhayaṃ pariyādānaṃ na tveva gaccheyya. Vīsati abbudā nirayā tattake kāle parikkhayaṃ pariyādānaṃ seyyathāpi gaccheyyuṃ, evameva eko nirabbudo nirayo tattake kāle parikkhayaṃ pariyādānaṃ na tveva gaccheyya. Esa nayo sesesupi. Sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṃ āghātetvā padumaṃ nirayaṃ kokāliko bhikkhu upapanno kho, bhikkhu, tvaṃ evaṃ sallakkhehīti bhagavā āhāti yojanā. Bhagavā ‘‘ayaṃ appameyyo ayaṃ asaṅkhyeyyo’’ti vā na kiñci āha. ‘‘Tasmiṃ appameyye katamo appameyyo, tasmiṃ asaṅkhyeyye katamo asaṅkhyeyyo’’ti kenaci kataṃ pucchanaṃ buddhavisayattā avissajjanīyaṃ. Idaṃ appameyyaasaṅkhyeyyasuttaṃ vuttanayena avissajjanīyaṃ. (11)
119 在“当那位优波迦……”等句子中,关联是清楚的。巴利
119.‘‘Yadā so upako’’tiādīsu yojanā pākaṭā.
优波迦问“胜者是如何、以什么方式(而成为胜者)”,这个问题应当回答,因为可以答“以断除烦恼的方式而成为胜者”。优波迦问“以什么方式而成为胜者”,这个问题应当回答,因为可以答“因为战胜了恶法,所以是胜者”。问“什么是胜者”,这个问题不能回答,因为既无法回答“色等就是胜者”,也无法回答“离开色等之外另有胜者”。问“什么是漏尽、什么是贪尽、什么是嗔尽、什么是痴尽”,这个问题应当回答,因为可以答“涅槃是漏尽”,或“阿拉汉道是漏尽”,或“阿拉汉果是贪尽”等等。问“漏尽有多少、贪尽有多少、嗔尽有多少、痴尽有多少”,这个问题不能回答,因为不能说“漏尽有这么多、有这么大的量”等等。这部经按照上述方式,有应当回答的,也有不应当回答的。巴利
‘‘Kathaṃ kena pakārena jino’’ti upakena kataṃ pucchanaṃ ‘‘kilesappahānapakārena jino’’ti vissajjanīyattā vissajjanīyaṃ. ‘‘Kena pakārena jino’’ti upakena kataṃ pucchanaṃ ‘‘pāpakānaṃ dhammānaṃ jitattā jino’’ti vissajjanīyattā vissajjanīyaṃ. ‘‘Katamo jino’’ti kataṃ pucchanaṃ ‘‘rūpādiko jino’’ti vā ‘‘rūpādikaṃ muñcitvā añño jino’’ti vā vissajjetuṃ asakkuṇeyyattā avissajjanīyaṃ. ‘‘Katamo āsavakkhayo, katamo rāgakkhayo, katamo dosakkhayo, katamo mohakkhayo’’ti kataṃ pucchanaṃ ‘‘nibbānaṃ āsavakkhayo’’ti vā ‘‘arahattamaggo āsavakkhayo’’ti vā ‘‘arahattaphalaṃ rāgakkhayo’’ti vā iti evamādinā vissajjanīyattā vissajjanīyaṃ. ‘‘Kittako āsavakkhayo, kittako rāgakkhayo, kittako dosakkhayo, kittako mohakkhayo’’ti kataṃ pucchanaṃ ‘‘ettako etaparimāṇo āsavakkhayo’’ti evamādinā avissajjanīyattā avissajjanīyaṃ. Idaṃ vuttappakāraṃ suttaṃ vuttanayena vissajjanīyañca avissajjanīyañca hoti. (12)
有人问“如来是有情吗”,应当回答“依五蕴施设的有情是存在的”,所以这个问题可以回答。有人问“色存在吗”,因为色是可以回答的,应当回答“是的”,所以这个问题可以回答。有人问“色是如来吗”,因为如来不是那样存在的、不可得,所以这个问题不可以回答。在“如来是有色者吗”等问法里,也应当按同样的道理,随具体情况套用。像这样所说的经,按照上面说的方式,有的可以回答,有的不可以回答。巴利
‘‘Tathāgato satto atthī’’ti pucchanaṃ ‘‘pañcakkhandhe upādāya paññāpetabbo sattabhūto atthī’’ti vissajjanīyattā vissajjanīyaṃ. ‘‘Atthi rūpa’’nti kataṃ pucchanaṃ rūpassa vissajjamānattā ‘‘āmantā’’ti vissajjanīyattā vissajjanīyaṃ, ‘‘rūpaṃ tathāgato’’ti kataṃ pucchanaṃ tathābhāvato alabbhanato avissajjanīyattā avissajjanīyaṃ. ‘‘Rūpavā tathāgato’’tiādīsupi esa nayo yathāsambhavaṃ yojetabbo. Idaṃ vuttappakāraṃ suttaṃ vuttanayena vissajjanīyañca avissajjanīyañca hoti.
世尊以天眼看见……了知众生各随其业而往生——这样提出的问题,因为可以用“世尊看见”或“世尊了知”来回答,所以是可回答的。而“哪些众生?哪一位如来?”这样提出的问题,因为从胜义上说根本找不到,所以是不可回答的。巴利
‘‘Passati bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā…pe… yathākammūpage satte pajānātī’’ti kataṃ pucchanaṃ ‘‘passati bhagavā’’ti vā…pe… ‘‘pajānāti bhagavā’’ti vā vissajjanīyattā vissajjanīyaṃ. ‘‘Katame sattā, katamo tathāgato’’ti kataṃ pucchanaṃ paramatthato alabbhanato avissajjanīyattā avissajjanīyaṃ.
问“如来存在”时,应当按照前面所说的方式回答。问“如来死后存在”时,如果回答“如来死后存在”,就会落入此世界即是彼世界;如果回答“如来死后不存在”,就会落入此世界之外另有彼世界。所以,因为不可回答,它就是不可回答的。这段经文所说的,因为在可回答的领域和不可回答的领域,都以能说能表达的方式出现,所以既是可回答的,也是不可回答的。巴利
‘‘Atthitathāgato’’ti kataṃ pucchanaṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayena vissajjanīyaṃ. ‘‘Atthi tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā’’ti kataṃ pucchanaṃ ‘‘atthi tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā’’ti vissajjamāne sati ca idhaloko eva paralokoti āpajjati, ‘‘natthi tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā’’ti vissajjamāne sati ca idhalokato añño paralokoti āpajjati, tasmā avissajjanīyattā avissajjanīyaṃ. Idaṃ vuttappakāraṃ suttaṃ vissajjanīye visaye ca avissajjanīye visaye ca vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato vissajjanīyañca avissajjanīyañca hoti.
120 120. 种种可回答与不可回答之经,已由阿阇梨确定,我们也已了知。因为应当被问“哪部经是业?”,所以说了“其中,什么是业?”等语。巴利
120. Nānāvidhaṃ vissajjanīyāvissajjanīyasuttaṃ ācariyena niddhāritaṃ, amhehi ca ñātaṃ, ‘‘katamaṃ suttaṃ kamma’’nti pucchitabbattā ‘‘tattha katamaṃ kamma’’ntiādi vuttaṃ.
“被死亡所控制”等语句的含义,因为前面已经说过的方式,所以很清楚。“被死亡压倒……就像影子一样不离开”——这部经是在说明福业和罪业这两种业,以能说、能表的方式起作用,所以就叫作业。巴利
‘‘Antakenādhipannassā’’tiādīsu attho heṭṭhā vuttanayattā pākaṭo ‘‘maraṇenābhibhūtassa…pe… chāyāva anapāyinī’’ti idaṃ suttaṃ puññakammapāpakammadvaye vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato kammaṃ nāma.
比丘们,你们还要再观察业。一个生病无力起身的人,当他坐上椅子时,或者坐上椅子的愚人坐上床时,或者坐上床的愚人躺在地上时,或者躺卧睡觉的愚人——他过去、从前、在无数百千俱胝劫中,以身体、语言、心意所造的种种恶业——那些恶业在他坐上椅子等时刻,就像悬挂下来一样现前,像垂挂下来一样现前,像悬吊下来一样现前。比丘们,就像傍晚时分,高大山峰的影子在大地上悬挂、垂挂、悬吊下来;同样地,比丘们,对于愚人……悬吊下来。比丘们,在这种现前的方式中,由于这种现前的方式,造了恶的愚人这样想:“我确实没有做善事,我确实没有做功德,我确实没有做能带来安全庇护的事;我确实做了恶,我确实做了残忍的事,我确实做了有罪的事。唉!那些没有生病的善人——对于没有做善事、没有做功德、没有做能带来安全庇护的事、做了恶事、做了残忍的事、做了有罪的事的人,凡是存在的趣处、恶趣,我死后就会投生到那个趣处。”他这样想。这样想的时候,那个愚人忧愁、疲惫、悲泣、捶胸痛哭,陷入迷乱。巴利
Bhikkhave, tumhe puna caparaṃ kammaṃ sallakkhetha. (Anuṭṭhānagilānaṃ) anuṭṭhānagilānassa pīṭhasamāruḷhaṃ pīṭhasamāruḷhassa bālaṃ bālassa vā mañcasamāruḷhaṃ mañcasamāruḷhassa bālaṃ bālassa vā chamāyaṃ bhūmiyaṃ semānaṃ semānassa sayantassa bālaṃ bālassa vā kāyena duccaritāni vācāya duccaritāni manasā duccaritāni pāpakāni yāni kammāni pubbe pubbakāle vā atīte anekakappakoṭisatasahasse vā assa bālena katāni, tāni pāpakāni kammāni tamhi pīṭhasamāruḷhādisamaye olambanti viya upaṭṭhahanti ajjholambanti viya upaṭṭhahanti abhippalambanti viya upaṭṭhahanti. Bhikkhave , mahataṃ mahantānaṃ pabbatakūṭānaṃ chāyā sāyanhasamayaṃ pathaviyaṃ seyyathāpi olambanti ajjholambanti abhippalambanti yathā, bhikkhave, evameva bālaṃ…pe… abhippalambanti. Bhikkhave, tatra tasmiṃ upaṭṭhānākāre upaṭṭhānākārahetu bālassa katapāpassa evaṃ parivitakko hoti ‘‘me mayā kalyāṇaṃ akataṃ vata, me mayā kusalaṃ akataṃ vata, bhīruttāṇaṃ kataṃ vata, me mayā pāpaṃ kataṃ vata, me mayā luddaṃ kataṃ vata, me mayā kibbisaṃ kataṃ vata, bho agilāna sappurisa akatakalyāṇānaṃ akatakusalānaṃ akatabhīruttāṇānaṃ katapāpānaṃ kataluddānaṃ katakibbisānaṃ yāvatā gati duggati atthi, taṃ gatiṃ ahaṃ pecca gacchāmī’’ti evaṃ parivitakko hoti. Evaṃ vitakkento so bālo socati kilamati paridevati, urattāḷiṃ kandati sammohaṃ āpajjatīti yojanā.
山峰的影子,即使在太阳刚升起的时候,也是以逐渐缩短的方式垂落在大地上。但到了傍晚,影子就以逐渐拉长的方式垂落。同样地,业在那个时刻也以增长的方式现前。因此,针对那种增长的现前,才说“傍晚时分”。在白分(上半月)也应这样套用,在黑分(下半月)则按照黑分的对应方式来套用。这里从“再者”开始的两部经,因为在善业和不善业上,以能说、能表的方式运作,所以称为业。巴利
Pabbatakūṭānaṃ chāyā nāma sūriyuggamanakālepi pathaviyā olambantīpi chāyā hāyanavasena olambanti. Sāyanhasamayaṃ pana chāyā vaḍḍhanavasena olambanti, tatheva kammānipi tasmiṃ kāle vaḍḍhanavasena upaṭṭhahanti, tasmā tameva vaḍḍhanupaṭṭhānaṃ sandhāya ‘‘sāyanhasamaya’’nti vuttaṃ. Sukkapakkhepi yojanā kaṇhapakkhe yojanānusārena kātabbā. Idaṃ ‘‘puna capara’’ntiādikaṃ suttadvayaṃ kusalakammaakusalakammesu vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato kammaṃ nāma.
老师已经确定,业有多种多样,我们也已经知道这一点。因为应当问“哪一种才是果报?”所以才说了“其中,哪一种才是果报?”等话。在这里,他是在那二十八种世间等教法安立当中问:哪一种才是果报?比丘们,你们获得了人身、获得了信心等等,这些人身、信心等等的获得,就是你们的所得。你们出家之后,获得了四遍净戒等成就,这些四遍净戒等成就,就是你们的善得。比丘们,你们获得了第九个时机——佛陀出世,这个第九个时机——佛陀出世,就是你们为了修梵行而获得的。巴利
Nānāvidhaṃ kammaṃ ācariyena niddhāritaṃ, amhehi ca ñātaṃ, ‘‘katamo vipāko’’ti pucchitabbattā tattha katamo vipāko’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha tesu aṭṭhavīsatividhesu lokiyādīsu sāsanapaṭṭhānesu katamo vipākoti pucchati. Bhikkhave, vo tumhehi ye manussattasaddhāpaṭilābhādayo paṭiladdhā, te manussattasaddhāpaṭilābhādayo vo tumhākaṃ lābhā bhavanti. Tumhehi pabbajitvā yaṃ catupārisuddhisīlādisampādanaṃ laddhaṃ, taṃ catupārisuddhisīlādisampādanaṃ vo tumhākaṃ suladdhaṃ bhavati. Bhikkhave, yo buddhuppādo navamo khaṇo tumhehi laddho, so buddhuppādo navamo khaṇo vo tumhākaṃ brahmacariyavāsāya paṭiladdho bhavati.
比丘们,我曾见过名叫六触处的地狱。在那里,在那些被称为六触处的地狱中,无论用眼睛看到什么色,看到的都只是不可爱的色,而不是可爱的色;看到的都只是不喜欢的色,而不是喜欢的色;看到的都只是不合意的色,而不是合意的色。巴利
Bhikkhave, mayā chaphassāyatanikā nāma nirayā diṭṭhā, tattha tesu diṭṭhesu chaphassāyatanikesu nāma nirayesu yaṃ kiñci rūpaṃ cakkhunā passati, taṃ aniṭṭharūpaṃyeva passati, no iṭṭharūpaṃ. Akantarūpaṃyeva passati, no kantarūpaṃ. Amanāparūpaṃyeva passati, no manāparūpaṃ.
无论用耳朵听到什么声音……用鼻子……用舌头……用身体……无论用心识知什么法,他都只了知不可爱的法,不了知可爱的法;只了知不可乐的法,不了知可乐的法;只了知不可意的法,不了知可意的法——这样的读法才是合理的。“只了知不可爱的色,不了知可爱的色”之类的读法则不合理,在某些巴利文本中见到过这种不合理的读法。在善趣方面,应当按所说的方式反过来连接。这段以“比丘们,这是你们的所得”等开头的文段,因为只是在果报上以能说能表的方式运作,所以称为果报。巴利
Yaṃ kiñci saddaṃ sotena…pe… ghānena…pe… jivhāya…pe… kāyena…pe… yaṃ kiñci dhammaṃ manasā vijānāti, taṃ aniṭṭhadhammaṃyeva vijānāti, no iṭṭhadhammaṃ. Akantadhammaṃyeva vijānāti, no kantadhammaṃ. Amanāpadhammaṃyeva vijānāti, no manāpadhammanti pāṭho yutto. ‘‘Aniṭṭharūpaṃyeva vijānāti, no iṭṭharūpa’’ntiādipāṭho ayutto, katthaci pāḷiyaṃ ayuttapāṭho diṭṭho. Sukkapakkhe vuttanayavipariyāyena yojanā kātabbā. Ayaṃ vuttappakārā ‘‘lābhā vo, bhikkhave’’tiādiko pāṭho vipāke vācakañāpakabhāveneva pavattanato vipāko nāma.
朋友们,我们在地狱里受苦,完全沉下去又浮上来,这样已经满六万年了。地狱的尽头、终结,要到什么时候、什么时候才会出现呢?巴利
Mārisā niraye paccamānānaṃ amhākaṃ sabbaso nimujjanaummujjanavasena saṭṭhivassasahassāni paripuṇṇāni, nirayassa anto pariyosānaṃ kadā kasmiṃ kāle bhavissati.
地狱没有尽头,也没有终点。地狱的尽头怎么可能存在呢?我们看不到地狱的尽头。朋友们,当年你和我出生为富商之子时,由于你我各自造下了种种恶业,所以我们看不到地狱的尽头。这段经文之所以称为“果报”,是因为它是通过宣说果报、使人了知果报的方式而展开的。(13)巴利
Nirayassa anto pariyosānaṃ natthi. Nirayassa anto pariyosānaṃ kuto atthi? Nirayassa anto pariyosānaṃ amhākaṃ na paṭidissati. Mārisā, yadā tumhe ca ahañca seṭṭhiputtā jātā, tadā tuyhaṃ tumhākañca mayhaṃ mama ca pāpaṃ hi yasmā pakataṃ pakārehi kataṃ, tasmā nirayassa anto pariyosānaṃ amhākaṃ na dissatīti ayaṃ pāṭho vipāke vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato vipāko nāma. (13)
121 121. 行非法的人,因为确实在善法上放逸,所以这个行非法又放逸的人,无论走到哪一处恶趣,无论投生到哪里,当他这样前行时,他自己所行的那个法就会杀了他。怎么杀呢?就像自己抓来的黑蛇,会咬死抓它的人一样;同样,自己所行的非法,也会杀死那个行非法的人。“确实,法不会变成非法”等偈颂的意思很清楚。这两部经因为是以业与果报为直接宣说和令知的方式而展开,所以就是业与果报。巴利
121. Adhammacārī naro kusaladhammesu pamatto hi yasmā hoti, tasmā so adhammacārī pamatto naro yahiṃ yahiṃ yaṃ yaṃ duggatiṃ gacchati, taṃ taṃ gacchantaṃ adhammacāriṃ naṃ naraṃ attanā carito so dhammova hanati. Kimiva hanati? Sayaṃ attanā gahito kaṇhasappo gaṇhantaṃ janaṃ hanati yathā, evaṃ attanā carito adhammo adhammacāriṃ naṃ hanati. ‘‘Na hi dhammo adhammo cā’’tiādigāthāya attho pākaṭo. Idaṃ suttadvayaṃ kamme ca vipāke ca vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato kammañca vipāko ca hoti.
比丘们,你们不要害怕福德。比丘们,所谓“福德”这个名称,它指的是那些可爱、可喜、可亲、合意、能带来快乐、能产生快乐果报的业。比丘们,我长久以来所造的福德,长久以来所体验的果报,我确实知道是可爱、可喜、可亲、合意的。如果有人问:“你是怎么知道的?”我曾在七年中修习与慈俱行的慈心,进入第二禅心,之后在七次坏劫与七次成劫中,不再回到这个人世间。这里说的“七次坏劫与成劫”,通过“坏劫”一词,应当知道也包含了坏劫住留的时期;通过“成劫”一词,也包含了成劫住留的时期。其余的也应这样理解。比丘们,在坏劫时,我往生到光音天;在成劫时,我投生到空寂的梵天宫。比丘们,当我投生到那个梵天宫时,因为投生到那里的缘故,我成为梵天;因为以大威势降伏他人,所以是征服者;因为不被他人降伏,所以是不被征服者,我成为大梵天;而且在那时,我完全是一方之主、自在者。巴利
Bhikkhave, tumhe puññānaṃ mā bhāyittha; bhikkhave, yadidaṃ yaṃ idaṃ ‘‘puññānī’’ti adhivacanaṃ pavattaṃ; etaṃ ‘‘puññānī’’ti adhivacanaṃ iṭṭhassa kantassa piyassa manāpassa sukhassa sukhavipākajanakassa kammassa adhivacanaṃ hoti. Bhikkhave, ahaṃ dīgharattaṃ katānaṃ puññānaṃ dīgharattaṃ paccanubhūtaṃ iṭṭhaṃ kantaṃ piyaṃ manāpaṃ abhijānāmi kho. ‘‘Kathaṃ abhijānāmī’’ti ce puccheyya , pubbe satta vassāni mettacittaṃ mettāya sahitaṃ dutiyajjhānacittaṃ bhāvetvā satta saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe imaṃ lokaṃ manussalokaṃ puna na āgamāsiṃ. Satta saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappeti cettha saṃvaṭṭaggahaṇena saṃvaṭṭaṭṭhāyī, vivaṭṭaggahaṇena vivaṭṭaṭṭhāyīpi gahitāti veditabbā. Sesesupi evameva gahetabbo. Bhikkhave, saṃvaṭṭamāne kappe ahaṃ ābhassarūpago homi, vivaṭṭakappe suññaṃ brahmavimānaṃ upapajjāmi. Bhikkhave, tatra brahmavimāne tatra upapajjamāne upapajjamānahetu ahaṃ brahmā homi, aññe mahānubhāvena abhibhavanato abhibhū, aññehi anabhibhavanato anabhibhūto mahābrahmā homi, aññadatthu ekaṃsena daso ahaṃ vasavattī homi.
比丘们,我曾三十六次成为诸天之主帝释天,是如法的法王,征服四疆,取得胜利,达到国土安稳,具足轮宝等七宝的转轮圣王;我也曾数百次成为转轮圣王。至于地方性的王位,那还用说吗?巴利
Bhikkhave, ahaṃ devānamindo sakko chattiṃsakkhattuṃ ahosiṃ kho, dhammiko dhammarājā cāturanto vijitāvī janapadatthāvariyappatto cakkaratanādisattaratanasamannāgato cakkavattirājā anekasatakkhattuṃ ahosiṃ, padesarajjassa rājabhāve ko pana vādo.
比丘们,当我还是转轮圣王的时候,心里生起了这样的念头:“我如今有这样大的神通、这样大的威势,这个果报,是什么业的果报呢?这个异熟,是什么业的异熟呢?”比丘们,当我这样思惟的时候,心里又生起了这样的念头:“我如今有这样大的神通、这样大的威势,这个果报,是三种业的果报;这个异熟,是三种业的异熟。是哪三种业呢?布施、调伏、自制——就是这三种业的果报和异熟。”巴利
Bhikkhave, tassa cakkavattirājabhūtassa mayhaṃ etaṃ parivitakkanaṃ ahosi ‘‘yena phalena yena vipākena ahaṃ etarahi evaṃmahiddhiko evaṃmahānubhāvo amhi, taṃ idaṃ phalaṃ kissa kammassa phalaṃ nu kho, so ayaṃ vipāko kissa kammassa vipāko nu kho’’ti etaṃ parivitakkanaṃ ahosi. Bhikkhave, tassa vitakkentassa mayhaṃ etaṃ parivitakkanaṃ ahosi ‘‘yena phalena yena vipākena ahaṃ etarahi evaṃmahiddhiko evaṃmahānubhāvo amhi, me pavattaṃ taṃ idaṃ phalaṃ tiṇṇaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ kho, so ayaṃ vipāko tiṇṇaṃ kammānaṃ vipāko kho, seyyathidaṃ katamesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko? Dānassa damassa saṃyamassāti tiṇṇaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’’ti etaṃ parivitakkanaṃ ahosīti avocāti yojanā.
在这里,对于那部以“比丘们,不要害怕福德”等语句开头的经,其中所说的布施、调伏、自制这三种,就是业;而能表达、使人了知这三种业的经文,也叫做业。以那业为缘而已经生起、已经被体验的果报,这个果报和果报之义也应归入其中;能表达、使人了知这个果报的经文,也叫做果报。《小业分别经》中关于小业与果报种种差别的分别,也应当这样解说。巴利
Tattha tasmiṃ ‘‘mā, bhikkhave, puññānaṃ bhāyitthā’’tiādike sutte yañca dānaṃ, yo ca damo, yo ca saṃyamo atthi, idaṃ dānādittayaṃ kammaṃ, taṃvācakañāpakaṃ suttampi kammaṃ nāma. Tappaccayo taṃkammapaccayo paccayuppannabhūto paccanubhūto yo vipāko atthi, etaṃ vipāke phalampi pakkhipitabbaṃ, ayaṃ vipāko taṃvācakañāpako pāṭhopi vipāko nāma. Cūḷakammavibhaṅgo cūḷakammavipākaputhuttavibhāgo tathā vattabbo.
世尊为都提耶子青年苏巴宣说的那部经里,经中说到:杀生这类法,会带来短命或长寿;伤害这类法,会带来多病或健康;嫉妒这类法,会带来没有威势或有大威势;愤怒这类法,会带来丑陋或端正;无礼这类法,会带来出身低贱或出身高贵;吝啬这类法,会带来贫穷或大富;不观察这类法,会带来愚痴或有智慧。杀生等这七对就是业,而表达并使人了解这些的经,也叫作“业”。其中,在苏巴经里所说的短命或长寿……乃至愚痴或有智慧,这些就是短命或长寿等果报,而表达并使人了解这些果报的经文,也叫作“果报”。这部苏巴经,因为是以表达并使人了解善业、不善业以及果报的方式而成立,所以既是业,也是果报。巴利
Todeyyaputtassa subhassa māṇavassa yaṃ suttaṃ bhagavatā desitaṃ, tattha sutte vuttā ye pāṇātipātādayo dhammā appāyukadīghāyukatāya saṃvattanti, ye hiṃsanādayo dhammā bahvābādhaappābādhatāya saṃvattanti, ye usūyanādayo dhammā appesakkhamahesakkhatāya saṃvattanti, ye kodhādayo dhammā dubbaṇṇasuvaṇṇatāya saṃvattanti, ye agāravādayo dhammā nīcakulikauccakulikatāya saṃvattanti, ye maccherādayo dhammā appabhogamahābhogatāya saṃvattanti, ye asallakkhaṇādayo dhammā duppaññapaññavantatāya saṃvattanti. Idaṃ pāṇātipātasattayugaṃ kammaṃ, taṃvācakañāpakaṃ suttampi kammaṃ nāma. Tattha subhasutte yā appāyukadīghāyukatā vuttā…pe… yā duppaññapaññavantatā vuttā, so ayaṃ appāyukadīghāyukatādiko vipāko, taṃvācakañāpakapāṭhopi vipāko. Idaṃ subhasuttaṃ kusalākusalakamme ceva vipāke ca vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato kammañca vipāko ca hoti. (14)
122 如果有人通过避免语恶行而守护言语,通过不产生贪欲等而用心约束自己,通过舍弃杀生等而身体不造作不善,这样他就清净了这三种业道,这个人就能成就仙人所说的圣八支道,就能成就。这段“守护言语”等经文,因为是以表达善法的方式而成立的,所以名为善。巴利
122. Yo puggalo vacīduccaritaparivajjanena vācānurakkhī bhaveyya, abhijjhādianuppādanena manasā saṃvuto bhaveyya, pāṇātipātādipajahanena kāyena akusalaṃ na kayirā, iti tayo ete kammapathe visodhaye, so puggalo isippaveditaṃ maggaṃ ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ ārādhaye ārādhayeyyāti yojanā. Idaṃ ‘‘vācānurakkhī’’tiādikaṃ suttaṃ kusale vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato kusalaṃ nāma.
对于那个人,如果他没有以身造作恶行和导致堕入恶趣的业,没有以语造作恶行,没有以意造作恶行,以三种生起之处防护自己,我说这个人就是“婆罗门”——这是句义连接。这首偈颂按照前面所说的方式,属于善法。巴利
Yassa puggalassa kāyena dukkaṭaṃ duggatisaṃvattaniyakammaṃ natthi, vācāya dukkaṭakammaṃ natthi, manasā dukkaṭakammaṃ natthi, tīhi ṭhānehi uppajjanaṭṭhānehi saṃvutaṃ taṃ puggalaṃ ‘‘brāhmaṇa’’nti ahaṃ vadāmīti yojanā. Idaṃ gāthāvacanaṃ vuttanayena kusalaṃ nāma.
比丘们,有这三种……善根,这句话按照前面所说的方式来判断,是属于善的。比丘们,在成就诸善法时,明作为前导,惭和愧紧随其后。这是句义的连接。这句话按照前面所说的方式,就叫做善。巴利
‘‘Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave…pe… kusalamūlānī’’ti idaṃ vacanaṃ vuttanayena kusalaṃ. Bhikkhave, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā vijjā pubbaṅgamā hoti, hirī ca ottappañca anudevāti yojanā. Idaṃ vacanaṃ vuttanayena kusalaṃ nāma.
就像摩罗藤蔓让娑罗树弯下、倒在地上一样,同样,如果有人在这两三种生命状态里一直破戒,这个人就把自己压低,在恶道里暴露出来。想要害人的人,心里怎么想害人,就怎么去做害人的事;同样,这种破戒的人就是在害自己。这就是句义的连接。这段“若有人……”的话,按照前面说的道理,属于不善。巴利
Māluvā sālaṃ rukkhaṃ onataṃ bhūmiyaṃ patanaṃ karoti iva, tathā yassa janassa accantaṃ dvīsu tīsu bhavesu dussīlyaṃ atthi, so jano attānaṃ onataṃ apāyesu pākaṭaṃ karoti. Anatthakāmo jano yathā anatthaṃ icchati, tathā anatthaṃ karoti yathā, tathā īdiso dussīlo naṃ attānaṃ anatthaṃ karotīti yojanā. Idaṃ ‘‘yassā’’tiādikaṃ vacanaṃ vuttanayena akusalaṃ.
就像石制的“石”宝和金刚制的“金刚”宝能磨碎、摧毁别的宝物一样,同样,一个人自己造作、从自己产生、源于自己的恶,确实能磨碎那个造恶的愚人——应该这样连接理解。这里“由自己”等话,按照前面所说的方式,属于不善。巴利
Asmamayaṃ asmasaṅkhātaṃ pāsāṇamaṇimayaṃ vajiraṃ vajirassa uṭṭhānasaṅkhātaṃ pāsāṇamaṇiṃ abhimatthati vidhaṃseti iva, tathā attanā hi sayameva kataṃ attajaṃ attasambhavaṃ pāpaṃ dummedhaṃ pāpaṃ karontaṃ janaṃ abhimatthatīti yojanā. Idaṃ ‘‘attanā hī’’tiādikaṃ vacanaṃ vuttanayena akusalaṃ.
天神们远离了善法,践行十种不善业道之后,就成了该受呵责、该受谴责的;那些愚痴、智慧迟钝的人,就在地狱里受苦——应该这样连接理解。这里说的“十种业道”等经文,按照前面所说的方式,属于不善。巴利
Devate kusalehi vivajjitā akusalā dasa kammapathe niseviya katvā garahā gārayhā bhavanti, bālamatī mandabuddhino nirayesu paccareti yojanā. Idaṃ ‘‘dasa kammapathe’’tiādikaṃ suttaṃ vuttanayena akusalaṃ.
比丘们,有这三种……不善根——这句话按照前面说的方式,属于不善。巴利
‘‘Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave…pe… akusalamūlānī’’ti idaṃ vacanaṃ vuttanayena akusalaṃ. (15)
无论种下什么样的种子,就会收获与那种子相应的果实;同样,行善的智者收获善果,作恶的愚人收获恶果——这就是这段话的关联方式。其中,在“无论什么样”等经文中,所说的“行善者得善”这句话是善的;所说的“作恶者得恶”这句话是不善的。这两句话按照前面所说的方式,分别属于善和不善。巴利
Yādisaṃ yaṃ bījaṃ vapate, taṃ bījaṃ tādisaṃ phalaṃ harate iva, tathā kalyāṇakārī paṇḍito kalyāṇaṃ phalaṃ harate, pāpakārī bālo ca pāpakaṃ phalaṃ harateti yojanā. Tattha ‘‘yādisa’’ntiādike sutte ‘‘kalyāṇakārī kalyāṇa’’nti yaṃ vacanaṃ āha, idaṃ vacanaṃ kusalaṃ. ‘‘Pāpakārī ca pāpaka’’nti yaṃ vacanaṃ āha, idaṃ vacanaṃ akusalaṃ. Idaṃ dvivacanaṃ vuttanayena kusalañca akusalañca hoti.
行善的善士以善业投生到善趣去,作恶的卑劣之人以恶业投生到苦界去。由于与行作识相应的业灭尽、彻底灭尽,他们这些善士以解脱的心、以断灭解脱和寂止解脱之心而般涅槃。像什么一样般涅槃呢?就像燃料耗尽时火焰熄灭一样,同样,这些善士因为业灭尽、无余灭尽而般涅槃,这就是这里的衔接。其中,在那段“以善……”等偈颂的话里,所说的“以善业……往善趣”这句话,因为是以能表达、能说明善的方式生起的,所以叫做善。“以恶业往苦界”这句话,因为是以能表达、能说明不善的方式生起的,所以叫做不善。这段“以善……”等偈颂的话,按照前面所说的道理,分别是善和不善。巴利
Kalyāṇakārī sappurisā subhena kammena suggatiṃ vajanti gacchanti, pāpakārī kāpurisā asubhena kammunā apāyabhūmiṃ vajanti gacchanti, kammassa abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇasahagatakammassa khayā khayanato vimuttacetasā samucchedavimuttipaṭippassaddhivimutticittā te sappurisā asubhe nibbanti. Kimiva nibbanti? Indhanakkhayā joti nibbāti iva, tathā te sappurisā kammassa khayā anavasesakhayanato nibbantīti yojanā. Tattha tasmiṃ ‘‘subhenā’’tiādigāthāvacane ‘‘subhena…pe… suggati’’nti yaṃ vacanaṃ āha, idaṃ ‘‘subhena…pe…suggati’’nti vacanaṃ kusale vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato kusalaṃ nāma. ‘‘Apāyabhūmiṃ asubhena kammunā’’ti yaṃ vacanaṃ āha , idaṃ ‘‘apāya…pe… kammunā’’ti vacanaṃ akusale vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato akusalaṃ nāma. Idaṃ ‘‘subhenā’’tiādikaṃ gāthāvacanaṃ vuttanayena kusalañca akusalañca hoti. (16)
123 就像蜜蜂对花……牟尼应当游行,这句偈颂的话,因为是以能表达、能使人理解所允许的行持的方式而说出来的,所以称为所允许的。巴利
123.‘‘Yathāpi bhamaro pupphaṃ…pe… munī care’’ti idaṃ gāthāvacanaṃ anuññāte caraṇe vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato anuññātaṃ nāma.
所谓“蜜蜂”,就是像蜜蜂那样,靠吸取花蜜来活动的这类昆虫。它在吸花蜜的时候,动作很轻缓,不破坏花的颜色和香气,想喝多少就喝多少,喝够了,再采集花蜜带回林中酿蜜的地方。花、颜色和香气都保持原样。同样,牟尼为了乞食走进村子时,先做出让人生起信心的看、望、行走、站立等举止,使人产生带着喜悦和欢愉的清净信心,然后只接受足以维持生命的信众布施之食;离开村子后,到有水且舒适安静的林中,就像涂药一样,又像在荒野中吃自己儿子的肉一样,先仔细观察再吃下乞来的食物;然后就像蜜蜂在林中酿蜜那样,进入适合自己修行的树林,为了生起禅那、道和果,为了修习沙门之法,而应在村落中游行。应当这样理解其中的用意。巴利
Bhamaro nāma puppharasapivanagahaṇavasena caraṇako madhukarādiko bhamaro. So puppharasaṃ gaṇhanto mandavego hutvā pupphañca vaṇṇañca gandhañca avināsetvā yāvadatthaṃ puppharasaṃ pivitvā madhukaraṇatthāya ca puppharasaṃ gahetvā madhukaraṇaṭṭhānaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ paleti. Pupphavaṇṇagandhā pākatikāva honti. Evameva piṇḍāya gāmaṃ pavisanto muni pasādajanakaṃ ālokanavilokanagamanatiṭṭhanādikaṃ janetvā pītisomanassasahitaṃ pasādaṃ janetvā saddhādeyyaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ yāpanamattaṃ paṭiggahetvā gāmato nikkhamitvā udakaphāsukaṭṭhāne vane bhesajjaṃ limpanto viya, kantāre puttamaṃsaṃ khādanto viya, piṇḍapātaṃ paccavekkhitvā paribhuñjitvā bhamaro vane madhuṃ karoti viya, kammaṭṭhānānurūpaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ pavisitvā jhānamaggaphalanibbattanatthāya samaṇadhammakaraṇatthāya gāme care careyyāti adhippāyo veditabbo.
“比丘们,有这三种比丘应当做的事……比丘们,这些就是比丘应当做的三件事。”这部经因为是按照世尊所允许的行为规范,以能表达、能说明的方式宣说出来的,所以叫做“所允许的”。
在那部经里,有位比丘守护、保护戒,因为守护的缘故,这位比丘就叫作“护者”。那戒能使这位护戒的比丘从恶趣等痛苦中解脱出来,因为能解脱的缘故,那戒就叫作“别解脱”。比丘依靠那戒来防护应当防护的眼根等等,因为能防护的作用,那戒就叫作“防护”。别解脱本身就是防护,所以叫“别解脱防护”;以别解脱防护来防护、具足之后,因为防护的缘故,在四种威仪中行持,所以这位比丘就叫作“别解脱防护具足者”。“住”,就是在四种威仪中运作。舍弃被禁止的行为,受持应当做的学处而行,这就是“行仪”;避开不该去的地方,在该去的地方而行,这就是“行处”。如果要把其中的含义详细讲说,就会太冗长,所以只略说一点点,并说明它具有教法根本经的性质。巴利
‘‘Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ karaṇīyāni…pe… imāni kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ tīṇi karaṇīyānī’’ti idaṃ suttaṃ bhagavatā anuññāte ācāre atthe vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato anuññātaṃ nāma. Tasmiṃ sutte yo bhikkhu sīlaṃ pāti rakkhati, iti rakkhaṇato so bhikkhu pāti nāma. Yaṃ sīlaṃ taṃ pātiṃ bhikkhuṃ apāyādidukkhato moceti, iti mocanato taṃ sīlaṃ pātimokkhaṃ nāma. Yena sīlena bhikkhu saṃvaritabbacakkhundriyādikaṃ saṃvarati, iti saṃvaraṇakaraṇato taṃ sīlaṃ saṃvaraṃ nāma, pātimokkhaṃ eva saṃvaraṃ pātimokkhasaṃvaraṃ, pātimokkhasaṃvarena saṃvuto samannāgato hutvā saṃvuṇanato catuiriyāpathesu cārako hoti, iti saṃvuṇanato bhikkhu pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto nāma. Viharati catuiriyāpathe pavatteti. Vārittacāraṃ vajjetvā cārittasīlaṃ ādāya caraṇaṃ ācāro, agocare vajjetvā gocare caraṇaṃ gocaroti. Attho vuccamāno ativitthāro bhavissati, tasmā kiñcimattaṃ kathetvā sāsanapaṭṭhānasuttabhāvaṃ kathessāma.
因为需要说明“只有这些经才应被认定为‘所开许’”,所以说了“诸比丘,有这十种法,出家者应当经常观察”等话。这部以“十”开头的经,也是因为以能表达、能说明的方式,呈现了所开许的十种应当观察的法,所以称为“所开许”。“有这三种……应当做的事”这部经,也是因为以能表达、能说明的方式,呈现了所开许的三种善行,所以称为“所开许”。巴利
‘‘Ettakameva suttaṃ ‘anuññāta’nti niddhāritabba’’nti vattabbattā ‘‘dasayime, bhikkhave, dhammā pabbajitena abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Idaṃ ‘‘dasā’’tiādikaṃ suttampi anuññāte dasavidhe paccavekkhitabbe dhamme vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato anuññātaṃ nāma. ‘‘Tīṇimāni…pe… karaṇīyānī’’ti idaṃ suttampi anuññāte tividhe sucarite vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato anuññātaṃ nāma.
各种被允许的经,已由导师确定,我们也知道。因为需要问“哪部经是被否决的?”,所以说了“其中,哪部是被否决的?”等等。巴利
Nānāvidhaṃ anuññātaṃ suttaṃ ācariyena niddhāritaṃ, amhehi ca ñātaṃ, ‘‘katamaṃ suttaṃ paṭikkhitta’’nti pucchitabbattā ‘‘tattha katamaṃ paṭikkhitta’’ntiādi vuttaṃ.
没有与儿子等同的爱,没有与牛群等同的财富;
没有光明能比得上太阳,众水中大海为最上。巴利
‘‘Natthi puttasamaṃ pemaṃ, natthi gosamitaṃ dhanaṃ; Natthi sūriyasamā ābhā, samuddaparamā sarā’’ti. –
世尊为了驳斥这位天子的这番话,巴利
Idaṃ devaputtavacanaṃ paṭikkhipanto bhagavā –
没有比得上自己的爱,没有比得上谷物的财富;
没有比智慧更亮的光,没有比雨更殊胜的流。巴利
‘‘Natthi attasamaṃ pemaṃ, natthi dhaññasamaṃ dhanaṃ; Natthi paññāsamā ābhā, vuṭṭhi ve paramā sarā’’ti. –
他说了这首偈颂。在这里,这两首偈颂当中,“没有像儿子一样的爱”等这一首是前一首。而“没有像儿子一样的爱”等这些天子所说的话,因为被世尊驳斥了,又因为是在被驳斥的义理上说的,所以就叫作“被驳斥的”。巴利
Gāthaṃ āha. Ettha etasmiṃ gāthādvaye yaṃ ‘‘natthi puttasamaṃ pema’’ntiādikaṃ purimakaṃ hoti. Idaṃ ‘‘natthi puttasamaṃ pema’’ntiādikaṃ devaputtavacanaṃ bhagavatā paṭikkhittattā, paṭikkhitte atthe pavattanato ca paṭikkhittaṃ nāma.
在饥荒时或荒野中,父母甚至杀掉儿女,只为了养活自己,因此说“没有像自己一样的爱”。在饥荒等时候,人们把金银珍宝等,以及牛、水牛等,交给粮食的主人,用来换取粮食,只拿粮食,因此说“没有像粮食一样的财富”。太阳等的光明只能驱散当下一个地方的黑暗,而慧却能让一万个世界成为一灯、一光明,还能消除覆盖过去、未来、现在诸法的烦恼黑暗,因此说“没有像慧一样的光明”。大海只停留在大地的一个地方,而且如果天不下雨,它就有枯竭的可能;但雨水却能充满万亿个轮围世界,乃至光音天梵天界,因此说“雨水确实是最高的流动”。巴利
Dubbhikkhakāle vā kantāre vā mātāpitaro puttadhītaro ghātetvāpi attānameva posenti, tasmā ‘‘natthi attasamaṃ pema’’nti vuttaṃ. Dubbhikkhakālādīsu hiraññasuvaṇṇasārādīni, gomahiṃsādīnipi dhaññagahaṇatthāya dhaññassāmikānaṃ datvā dhaññameva gaṇhanti, tasmā ‘‘natthi dhaññasamaṃdhana’’nti vuttaṃ. Sūriyādīnaṃ ābhā paccuppannatamaṃ ekadesaṃva vinodeti, paññā pana dasasahassilokadhātumpi ekapajjotaṃ ekobhāsaṃ kātuṃ samatthā, atītānāgatapaccuppannadhammakoṭṭhāsesupi paṭicchādakaṃ kilesatamampi vidhamati, tasmā ‘‘natthi paññāsamā ābhā’’ti vuttaṃ. Samuddo bhūmiyā ca ekadeseyeva tiṭṭhati, so ca deve avuṭṭhe sati khayanasabhāvo bhaveyya, vuṭṭhi pana koṭisatasahassacakkavāḷesupi yāva ābhassarā brahmalokāpi pūrā bhavati, tasmā ‘‘vuṭṭhi ve paramāsarā’’ti vuttaṃ.
因为必须说“正是这个被驳斥的(见解)应当被确定”,所以世尊说了“比丘们,有这三者”等话。而这部“有这三者”等经文,由于是在被驳斥的恶行上,以能表达、能说明的方式生起,所以被称为“被驳斥”。巴利
‘‘Idameva paṭikkhittaṃ niddhāritabba’’nti vattabbattā ‘‘tīṇimāni bhikkhave’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Idaṃ ‘‘tīṇimānī’’tiādikaṃ suttampi paṭikkhitte duccarite vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato paṭikkhittaṃ nāma. (17)
124 种种被禁止的做法,师长已经判定,我们也知道。因为应当问“什么是被允许的、什么是被禁止的”,所以说了“其中,什么是被允许的”等。巴利
124. Nānāvidhaṃ paṭikkhittaṃ ācariyena niddhāritaṃ, amhehi ca ñātaṃ, ‘‘katamaṃ anuññātañca paṭikkhittañcā’’ti pucchitabbattā ‘‘tattha katamaṃ anuññātañcā’’tiādi vuttaṃ.
乔达摩啊,具足广大智慧、拥有广大智慧者,我向那位具足广大智慧的乔达摩请问:在这世间,有许多心怀恐惧的众生,这些众生到底因为什么而存在?那条被称为有多种入口的道路,到底是什么样的道路?众生安住在什么法上,才能对来世不恐惧、不害怕?这就是所问之句的意思关联。巴利
Bhūripaññabhūripaññavanta gotama, taṃ bhūripaññaṃ gotamaṃ ahaṃ pucchāmi. Idha loke anekā yā janatā bhītā, sā janatā kiṃsu katamā bhave. Yo ca maggo anekāyatano iti pavutto, so ca maggo kiṃsu katamo bhave. Kismiṃ dhamme ṭhito jano paralokaṃ na bhāye na bhāyeyyāti pucchatīti yojanā.
天子,如果有人确立正语、确立正意,并且身体上不做恶事,这是一种。住在饮食丰足的家里,这是一种。有信仰、具足信仰,因为内心柔软而柔和,这是一种。知道该说什么,因为乞求者来乞求而懂得该说什么,并且乐于分享,这是一种。这样,安住在这四种法里的人,就是安住于法,不会害怕他世,也不该害怕他世。这是这段经文的连接方式。巴利
Devaputta yo jano sammāvācañca paṇidhāya, sammāmanañca paṇidhāya, kāyena pāpāni akubbamāno ca bhave, ayaṃ eko. Bahvannapānaṃ gharaṃ āvasanto ca bhave, ayaṃ eko. Saddho saddhāsampanno cittamudubhāvena mudu ca bhave, ayaṃ eko. Vadaññū yācakānaṃ yācanavasena vuttavacanaññū hutvā saṃvibhāgī ca bhave, ayaṃ eko. Iti etesu catūsu dhammesu ṭhito jano dhammesu ṭhito hutvā paralokaṃ na bhāye na bhāyeyyāti yojanā.
因为要问“在那部经里,哪部分是开许的,哪部分是遮止的”,所以才说了“其中,所说”等话。其中,在那段以“何者于此”等问题作答的“语与意”等话里,世尊所说的“把语和意正确地安立起来”这句话,也就是“语……正”这句话,是从能说、能表明开许的应说等含义的角度说出来的,所以叫开许。世尊所说的“不以身作恶”这句话,也就是“以身……不作”这句话,是从能说、能表明遮止作恶的角度说出来的,所以叫遮止。世尊所说的“多有饮食……不恐惧”这句话,也就是“多有饮食……不恐惧”这句话,同样按上面说的方式,叫开许。而“语”等这句话,按这两种方式,既是开许的,也是遮止的。巴利
‘‘Tasmiṃ sutte katamaṃ anuññātaṃ, katamaṃ paṭikkhittaṃ nāmā’’ti pucchitabbattā ‘‘tattha yaṃ āhā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha tasmiṃ ‘‘kiṃsūdhā’’tiādipañhāya vissajjane ‘‘vācaṃ manañcā’’tiādivacane ‘‘vācaṃ manañca paṇidhāya sammā’’ti yaṃ vacanaṃ bhagavā āha, idaṃ ‘‘vācaṃ…pe… sammā’’ti vacanaṃ anuññāte vacanīyādike atthe vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato anuññātaṃ nāma. ‘‘Kāyena pāpāni akubbamāno’’ti yaṃ vacanaṃ āha, idaṃ ‘‘kāyena …pe… māno’’ti vacanaṃ pāpakubbena paṭikkhitte vuttanayena pavattanato paṭikkhittaṃ nāma. ‘‘Bahvanna…pe… na bhāye’’ti yaṃ vacanaṃ āha, idaṃ ‘‘bahvanna…pe… na bhāye’’ti vacanaṃ vuttanayena anuññātaṃ nāma. Idaṃ ‘‘vāca’’ntiādikaṃ vacanaṃ vuttanayadvayena anuññātañca paṭikkhittañca hoti.
“一切恶不作”等语,其所说的含义已经清楚。因为需要说明“在这一切恶不作等当中,哪些是开许的,哪些是遮止的”,所以才说了“其中,那”等话。巴利
‘‘Sabbapāpassa akaraṇa’’ntiādiko vuttatthova. ‘‘Tasmiṃ sabbapāpassātiādike katamaṃ anuññātaṃ, katamaṃ paṭikkhitta’’nti vattabbabhāvato ‘‘tattha ya’’ntiādi vuttaṃ.
帝释,我说身行也有两种:我说有应当实行的、没有过失的身行,也说有不应实行的、有过失的身行。对于语行等,也应按照所说的方式类推理解。巴利
Devānaminda, ahaṃ kāyasamācārampi duvidhena vadāmi – sevitabbaṃ anavajjaṃ kāyasamācārampi vadāmi, asevitabbaṃ sāvajjaṃ kāyasamācārampi ahaṃ vadāmi. Vacīsamācārādīsupi vuttanayānusārena yojanā kātabbā.
有人会问:那么,是依据什么样的增长和减损,才把身行等分成应修习和不应修习两种来说的呢?因为需要说明这一点,所以接着说了“这又依于什么”等话。应当清楚:如果是不善法在增长、善法在减损,那么身行等就不应修习;如果是善法在增长、不善法在减损,那么身行等就应当修习。巴利
‘‘Kiñca vaḍḍhanahāyanaṃ āgamma kāyasamācārādikaṃ sevitabbāsevitabbabhedena vutta’’nti vattabbabhāvato ‘‘kiñcetaṃ paṭiccā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Akusaladhammavaḍḍhanaṃ, kusaladhammahāyanañca paṭicca kāyasamācārādayo na sevitabbā, kusaladhammavaḍḍhanaṃ, akusaladhammahāyanañca paṭicca kāyasamācārādayo sevitabbāti sallakkhetabbā. (18)
125 种种被允许的和被拒绝的,已由导师判定,我们也已了知。因为有人会问“哪一种具体的经是赞叹”,所以这样问过之后,为了让对方明白“这种具体的经就叫作赞叹”,便说了“其中,什么是赞叹”等话。其中的“其中”,就是在那些二十八种世间等教法基础经当中,询问哪一种具体的经叫作赞叹。巴利
125. Nānāvidhaṃ anuññātañca paṭikkhittañca ācariyena niddhāritaṃ, amhehi ca ñātaṃ, ‘‘katamo suttaviseso thavo’’ti pucchitabbattā tathā pucchitvā ayaṃ suttaviseso thavo nāmāti viññāpetuṃ ‘‘tattha katamo thavo’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha tatthāti tesu aṭṭhavīsatividhesu lokiyādīsu sāsanapaṭṭhānasuttesu katamo suttaviseso thavo nāmāti pucchati.
在种种道中,八支圣道——也就是由正见等八支组成的道——是最殊胜、最上的。在种种谛中,按照苦、集、灭、道这四方面安立的四圣谛——也就是真实语谛、刹帝利等世间假名谛、胜义谛等——是最殊胜、最上的。在种种法中,离贪——也就是称为无为涅槃的离贪——对于一切有为、有缘的法来说,是最殊胜、最上的法。在种种两足众生中,具眼者——也就是具足五眼的世尊——对于一切天、人等两足众生来说,是最殊胜、最上的。这是整体的连贯解释。这段以“八支道”等为内容的特定经文,因为是以能说、能表明的方式来表达赞叹之义,所以名为“赞叹”。巴利
Maggānaṃ jaṅghamaggadiṭṭhimaggādīnaṃ aṭṭhaṅgiko sammādiṭṭhimaggaṅgādiaṭṭhaṅgiko maggo seṭṭho uttamo. Saccānaṃ vacīsaccakhattiyādisammutisaccaparamatthasaccānaṃ caturo dukkhasamudayanirodhanirodhagāminipaṭipadāvasena caturo ariyasaccā padā seṭṭhā uttamā. Dhammānaṃ sabbasaṅkhatasappaccayadhammānaṃ virāgo asaṅkhatanibbānasaṅkhāto virāgo dhammo seṭṭho uttamo. Dvipadānaṃ sabbadevamanussādīnaṃ dvipadānaṃ cakkhumā pañcavidhacakkhumā bhagavā seṭṭho uttamoti yojanā. Ayaṃ ‘‘maggānaṭṭhaṅgiko’’tiādisuttaviseso thave atthe vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato thavo nāma.
“这正是此种特定经文即是赞叹”,因为要这样说明,所以才说了“比丘们,有三种”等话。无足的,比如蛇、鱼之类;两足的,比如人、鸟、家禽之类;四足的,比如象、马、牛、水牛之类;多足的,比如百足虫之类;有色的,就是欲界和色界的有情;无色的,就是无色界的有情;有想的,就是七识住的有情;无想的,就是无想有情;非想非非想的,就是投生到有顶天的有情。只要有多少有情存在,无论他们是无足的还是其他各类,在这一切当中,这位阿拉汉、正自觉者、如来出现了,所以这位阿拉汉、正自觉者、如来就被称为第一中的第一,被称为最胜中的最胜,被称为殊胜中的殊胜。这就是第一种第一。巴利
‘‘Ayameva suttaviseso thavo’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘tīṇimāni bhikkhave’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Apadā ahimacchādayo vā, dvipadā manussasakuṇapakkhijātikādayo vā, catuppadā hatthiassagomahiṃsādayo vā, bahuppadā satapadiādayo vā, rūpino kāmarūpasattā vā, arūpino arūpasattā vā, saññino sattaviññāṇaṭṭhitisattā vā, asaññino asaññasattā vā, nevasaññīnāsaññino bhavagge nibbattasattā vā yāvatā yattakā sattā saṃvijjanti, tesaṃ tattakānaṃ apadādīnaṃ sattānaṃ yadidaṃ yo ayaṃ arahaṃ sammāsambuddho tathāgato uppanno, so ayaṃ arahaṃ sammāsambuddho tathāgato aggaṃ aggoti akkhāyati, seṭṭhaṃ seṭṭhoti akkhāyati, pavaraṃ pavaroti akkhāyati, ayaṃ paṭhamo aggo.
对于有为法,或者具有因缘所成性质的法,或者无为法——它们不是由诸缘所造作的,只是施设而已——无论有多少施设、以何种方式被称呼,对于那些应当用相应的施设来指称的有为法和无为法来说,也就是这个摧伏憍慢……这个灭尽,这个成为涅槃与道果的所缘,这个摧伏憍慢等的法,被称为最上、最胜……被称为最胜,这是第二最上。巴利
Saṅkhatānaṃ dhammānaṃ vā sappaccayasabhāvānaṃ vā, asaṅkhatānaṃ paccayehi asaṅkharitānaṃ paṇṇattimattabhūtānaṃ dhammānaṃ vā yāvatā yattakā paṇṇattī voharīyanti, tattakehi paṇṇattīhi paññapetabbānaṃ tesaṃ saṅkhatāsaṅkhatānaṃ dhammānaṃ yadidaṃ yo ayaṃ madanimmadano…pe… yo ayaṃ nirodho, yaṃ idaṃ nibbānamaggaphalānamālambaṇaṃ bhavati, so ayaṃ madanimmadanādiko dhammo aggaṃ aggoti akkhāyati…pe… akkhāyati, ayaṃ dutiyo aggo.
在僧团的各种施设中,在团体(众)的各种施设中,在大众集会的各种施设中,凡是这些名称施设被使用的,对于那些以如此施设而应被施设的僧团、团体等,即这些四双之人、八辈之士……乃至世间这存在的福德之田——这就是以四双人等为首的如来弟子僧团,被称为最上、最胜……被称为最上,这是第三种最上。这三者——如来、涅槃、圣僧宝——成为最上的。巴利
Saṅghānaṃ yāvatā paṇṇatti, gaṇānaṃ yāvatā paṇṇatti, mahājanasannipātānaṃ yāvatā paṇṇatti voharīyanti, tattakehi paṇṇattīhi paññapetabbānaṃ tesaṃ saṅghagaṇādīnaṃ yāni imāni cattāri puggalāni purisayugāni, ye ime aṭṭha purisapuggalā…pe… lokassa yaṃ idaṃ puññakkhettaṃ saṃvijjati, so ayaṃ catupurisayugādiko tathāgatasāvakasaṅgho aggaṃ aggoti akkhāyati…pe… akkhāyati, ayaṃ tatiyo aggo. Imāni tīṇi tathāgatanibbānaariyasaṅgharatanāni aggāni bhavanti.
超越一切世间的导师,胜过无足等一切众生;从善法一方来说,因为属于善法与无过失的部分,所以法是殊胜的;人狮子导师的僧团——这就是导师、法、僧三种最上的宝。这三种导师、法、僧宝,依各自的功德而超胜、而殊胜。巴利
Sabbalokuttaro apadādisabbasattalokato uttaro satthā ca, kusalapakkhato kusalaanavajjapakkhabhāvato uttaro dhammo ca, narasīhassa satthuno gaṇo ca iti tīṇi satthudhammagaṇaratanāni aggāni, tāni tīṇi satthudhammagaṇaratanāni visissare guṇavasena visissanti.
僧团就像池塘里盛开的莲花一样庄严,在教法中是庄严的沙门莲花群体;还有殊胜的法;被智者所恭敬,能调伏人中最胜者,是梵天、天神、人、国王和大臣等众生的调御者、无上调御者、具眼者、正自觉者——这就是僧、法、佛三宝。这三宝在世间是最上的。巴利
Samaṇapadumasañcayo sare ruhamānaṃ padumaṃ sobhanaṃ iva sāsane sobhanasamaṇapadumasamūho gaṇo ca, dhammavaro ca, vidūnaṃ sakkato naravaradamako naravarānaṃ brahmadevamanussarājarājamahāmaccādīnaṃ damako anudamako cakkhumā sambuddho ca iti tīṇi gaṇadhammabuddharatanāni lokassa uttari bhavanti.
无与伦比的导师,没有烦恼的热恼、已经远离烦恼的热恼;圆满的法和殊胜的圣僧团——这就是最上的佛、法、僧三宝。这三宝确实以功德超胜而最为殊胜。巴利
Appaṭisamo satthā ca, nirupadāho niggataupadāho, sabbo dhammo ca ariyo gaṇavaro ca iti yāni tīṇi buddhadhammagaṇaratanāni aggāni, tāni tīṇi…pe… nāni khalu ekaṃsena visissare visissanti.
名为真实的世尊,因为开示了不虚妄的真理,所以名为真实;他是安稳无畏的;他征服一切——虽然一切人和天神等都征服不了他,但他以功德超胜,表现出来就像在征服一样,所以是征服一切者、是胜利者。真实之法,因为自性不虚妄,所以是真实之法;在这真实之法之上,再没有更高、更殊胜的法了。还有常受智者敬礼、应受供养的圣僧伽。这三者,是世间最上、最尊贵的。巴利
Saccanāmo avitathasaccadesanato saccanāmo khemo sabbābhibhū sabbe manussadevādike anabhibhavamānopi guṇātirekavasena abhibhavamāno viya pavattanato sabbābhibhū jino ca, saccadhammo avitathasabhāvato saccadhammo ca, tassa saccadhammassa uttari uttamo añño dhammo natthi, viññūnaṃ niccaṃ pūjito pūjāraho ariyasaṅgho ca iti tīṇi lokassa uttari uttamāni bhavanti.
“一乘道”这个词的含义,在注疏里(《导论注》170页)已经从很多角度解释过了。洞见生灭尽头、心怀利益与怜悯的世尊,了知一乘道。因为要说明“他了知什么样的道?依这条道能越过什么?”,所以接着说了“依这条道”等话。世尊所了知的这条道,过去诸佛等圣者们依这条道越过了轮回的洪流,未来也将越过,而现在出现的诸佛等圣者,也正在依这条道越过。那些看重清净、追求清净的众生,包括人和天中最尊贵的存在,都礼敬这位具足如上所说功德的正确等觉者。如此,这虽然是对种种不同经的差别所作的赞叹,但由于是依三宝及三宝功德而作为宣说与令知者而转起,所以名为“赞”。应当知道,这也就是显示教法建立之经的差别、名为“教法建立”的注释差别。巴利
Ekāyanapadassa vacanattho aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (netti. aṭṭha. 170) bahudhā vutto. Jātikhayantadassī hitānukampī bhagavā ekāyanaṃ maggaṃ pajānāti. ‘‘Yaṃ ekāyanaṃ maggaṃ pajānāti, tena maggena kiṃ taratī’’ti vattabbabhāvato ‘‘etena maggenā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Yaṃ maggaṃ bhagavā jānāti, etena maggena pubbe atītamaddhānaṃ buddhādayo ariyā oghaṃ saṃsāroghaṃ tariṃsu, anāgatamaddhānaṃ tarissanti, ye cāpi buddhādayo paccuppanne uppajjanti, te cāpi buddhādayo paccuppanne taranti, visuddhipekkhā visuddhiṃ apekkhamānā sattā devamanussaseṭṭhaṃ tādisaṃ yathāvuttaguṇaṃ taṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ namassanti, iti ayaṃ nānāvidhasuttavisesopi thave ratanattaye, ratanattayaguṇe ca vācakañāpakabhāvena pavattanato thavo nāma. Iccetaṃ sāsanapaṭṭhānasuttavisesadassako saṃvaṇṇanāvisesopi sāsanapaṭṭhānaṃ nāmāti veditabbo.
我们的师长和你们的师长已经区分出十六种属于杂染分等的教法根本经,以及二十八种属于世间等的教法根本经,我们也已经知道了。因为需要说明“在那些杂染分等教法根本经的各种类别中,应当把哪一种经和哪一种经对应结合起来解说”,所以就开始了“其中,世间经”等话。不过,注疏中说:“如此,两种教法根本经都已展示出种种经的语句并加以分别,现在为了用杂染分等来对应说明,又开始了‘世间经’等话。”(《导论注》170页)巴利
Amhākācariya tumhehi amhākācariyehi soḷasappabhedasaṃkilesabhāgiyādisāsanapaṭṭhānasuttañceva aṭṭhavīsatividhaṃ lokiyādisāsanapaṭṭhānasuttañca niddhāritaṃ, amhehi ca ñātaṃ, ‘‘tesu saṃkilesabhāgiyādīsu sāsanapaṭṭhānasuttavisesesu katamaṃ suttavisesaṃ katamena suttavisesena saṃsanditvā niddisitabba’’nti vattabbattā ‘‘tattha lokiyaṃsutta’’ntiādi āraddhaṃ. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana – ‘‘evaṃ duvidhampi sāsanapaṭṭhānaṃ nānāsuttapadāni udāharantena vibhajitvā idāni saṃkilesabhāgiyādīhi saṃsanditvā dassetuṃ puna ‘lokiyaṃ sutta’ntiādi āraddha’’nti (netti. aṭṭha. 170) vuttaṃ.
在这里,“处处”的意思是:在那十六种属于杂染分等的教法根本经分别中,以及在那二十八种属于世间等的教法根本经分别中,不善方面所生起的世间经,因为与杂染分经意义相同,所以和它相合;善方面所生起的世间经,因为与习气分经意义相同,所以和它相合。因此,世间经虽然只是一种,却应当由杂染分经和习气分经这两种经来解说。见道方面所生起的出世间经,因为与见分经意义相同,所以和它相合;修道方面所生起的出世间经,因为与修分经意义相同,所以和它相合;无学方面所生起的出世间经,因为与无学分经意义相同,所以和它相合。因此,出世间经也应当由见分经、修分经和无学分经这三种经来解说。按照上面所说的方式,对其余的经也应当作相应的相合联系。巴利
Tattha tatthāti tesu soḷasavidhesu saṃkilesabhāgiyādīsu sāsanapaṭṭhānasuttavisesesu ceva aṭṭhavīsatividhesu lokiyādīsu sāsanapaṭṭhānasuttavisesesu ca akusalapakkhe pavattaṃ lokiyaṃ suttaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyasuttena samānatthabhāvena saṃsandati, kusalapakkhe pavattaṃ lokiyaṃ suttaṃ vāsanābhāgiyasuttena samānatthabhāvena saṃsandati, tasmā lokiyaṃ suttaṃ ekavidhampi saṃkilesabhāgiyena ca vāsanābhāgiyena ca dvīhi suttehi niddisitabbaṃ. Dassanapakkhe pavattaṃ lokuttaraṃ suttaṃ dassanabhāgiyena samānatthabhāvena saṃsandati, bhāvanāpakkhe pavattaṃ lokuttaraṃ suttaṃ bhāvanābhāgiyena samānatthabhāvena saṃsandati, asekkhapakkhe pavattaṃ lokuttaraṃ suttaṃ asekkhabhāgiyena samānatthabhāvena saṃsandati, tasmā lokuttarampi suttaṃ dassanabhāgiyena ca bhāvanābhāgiyena ca asekkhabhāgiyena ca tīhi suttehi niddisitabbaṃ. Vuttanayānusārena sesesupi saṃsandanayojanā kātabbā.
我们的导师啊,由你们和我们的导师们,依据理趣示现的方式,诸经的相互对照已被显示,而我们也已经了解了。因为需要回应“世尊为什么要按杂染分等类别来分类解说”这个问题,所以说了“习气分的经是为了灭除杂染分的经”等等。在这里,是依照经本身来把握经义的。巴利
Amhākācariya tumhehi amhākācariyehi nayadassanavasena suttavisesasaṃsandanaṃ dassitaṃ, amhehi ca ñātaṃ, ‘‘kimatthāya saṃkilesabhāgiyādibhedena vibhajitvā bhagavatā vutta’’nti vattabbattā ‘‘vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyassa suttassa nigghātāyā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Ettha ca suttavasena suttatthā gahitā.
既然要说“导师所确定的众生所依,应该用多少部经来分别解说”,所以就说“出世间经作为众生所依,应该用二十六种人来解说”。既然要说“那二十六种人应该用多少部经来探寻”,所以就说“用三种”等等。那二十六种人应该用三部经来探寻,也就是见分众生所依、修分众生所依、无学分众生所依这三部经。巴利
‘‘Yaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānaṃ ācariyena niddhāritaṃ, taṃ sattādhiṭṭhānaṃ kittakehi suttehi vibhajitvā niddisitabba’’nti vattabbattā ‘‘lokuttaraṃ suttaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānaṃ chabbisatiyā puggalehi niddisitabba’’nti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Te chabbīsati puggalā katihi suttehi samanvesitabbā’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘te tīhī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Dassanabhāgiyena sattādhiṭṭhānena, bhāvanābhāgiyena sattādhiṭṭhānena, asekkhabhāgiyena sattādhiṭṭhānena cāti tīhi suttehi te chabbīsati puggalā samanvesitabbā.
因为需要说明“应当用哪些经、怎样来解说哪一种人”,所以接着说了“其中,属于见分”等等。这里的“其中”,是指在见分等三类经当中。或者,“其中”是指在那二十六种人当中。属于众生所依一部分的见分经,应当由一种子人……乃至……法随行人来解说。也就是说,应当由这五种人来解说属于众生所依一部分的见分经。在这里,通过“见”这个说法,也把住于入流果的人包含进来了,因此一种子、家家、七返有这些住果的人也都被包含在内。巴利
‘‘Katamehi katamehi katamaṃ katamaṃ suttaṃ niddisitabba’’nti vattabbattā ‘‘tattha dassanabhāgiya’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha tatthāti tesu tīsu dassanabhāgiyādīsu suttesu. Tatthāti vā tesu chabbīsatiyā puggalesu. Sattādhiṭṭhānekadesaṃ dassanabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ ekabījinā puggalena ca niddisitabbaṃ…pe… dhammānusārinā puggalena ca niddisitabbaṃ, iti imehi pañcahi puggalehi sattādhiṭṭhānekadesaṃ dassanabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ niddisitabbaṃ. Ettha ca dassanaggahaṇena sotāpattiphalaṭṭhāpi gahitā, tasmā ekabījikolaṃkolasattakkhattuparamā phalaṭṭhāpi gahitā.
另外,随信行的人,是在观慧的当下以信为主而修成入流道。这个人在正要修成入流道的那一刻,就叫作随信行。他是随念由信而得的等至,也就是说,因为随念由信而得的等至,所以安住在入流道上的这个人就叫作随信行。这个人在入流果的那一刻,因为依信而得解脱,所以成为信解脱者,之后就成为一种子、家家或七返有。
如果有人是在观慧的当下以慧为主而修成入流道,这个人在正要修成入流道的那一刻,就叫作随法行。他是随念由法、由慧而得的等至,也就是说,因为随念由法、由慧而得的等至,所以就叫作随法行。这个人在果的那一刻,因为以见、以慧而到达灭,所以成为见到者,之后就成为一种子……乃至……七返有。
这里所说的“法”,指的就是慧。这样,从分类来说,有两位住道者、六位住果者,共是八种圣者;如果归纳起来,则应当以五种圣者来说明属于众生依处之一的见分经。巴利
Saddhānusārī pana yo vipassanākkhaṇe saddhaṃ dhuraṃ katvā sotāpattimaggaṃ nibbatteti, so puggalo nibbattetabbasotāpattimaggakkhaṇe saddhānusārī nāma, saddhāya samāpattiṃ anussarati, iti saddhāya samāpattiyā anussaraṇato sotāpattimaggaṭṭho puggalo saddhānusārī nāma. So puggalo sotāpattiphalakkhaṇe saddhāya vimuttattā saddhāvimutto hutvā ekabījikolaṃkolasattakkhattuparamo bhavati. Yo pana puggalo vipassanākkhaṇe paññaṃ dhuraṃ katvā sotāpattimaggaṃ nibbatteti, so puggalo nibbattetabbasotāpattimaggakkhaṇe dhammānusārī nāma, dhammena paññāya samāpattiṃ anussarati, iti dhammena paññāya samāpattiyā anussaraṇato dhammānusārī nāma. So puggalo phalakkhaṇe diṭṭhiyā paññāya nirodhaṃ pattattā diṭṭhipatto hutvā ekabīji…pe… paramo bhavati. Dhammoti cettha paññā gahitā. Iti pabhedato dve maggaṭṭhā, cha phalaṭṭhāti aṭṭhahi ariyapuggalehi, sampiṇḍite pana pañcahi ariyapuggalehi sattādhiṭṭhānekadesaṃ dassanabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ niddisitabbaṃ.
对于这些一种子等的人,因为他们在众生所依的部分中既属于见分,导师已经确定并分别说明:属于众生所依部分的见分经,应当由这些数量的人来解说。我们也已经知道了。因此才有此问:属于众生所依部分的见分经,应当由多少人来解说?巴利
Imesaṃ ekabījiādīnaṃ puggalānaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānekadesatthattā ceva dassanabhāgiyatthattā ca sattādhiṭṭhānekadesaṃ dassanabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ ettakehi puggalehi niddisitabbanti niyametvā ācariyena vibhattaṃ, amhehi ca ñātaṃ, ‘‘sattādhiṭṭhānekadesaṃ dassanabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ kittakehi puggalehi niddisitabba’’nti pucchitabbattā –
属于修习分的经,应当用十二种人来解说:正为证得一来果而修行的人、一来果的圣者、正为证得不还果而修行的人、不还果的圣者、中般涅槃者、生般涅槃者、无行般涅槃者、有行般涅槃者、上流者即趋向色究竟天者、信解脱者、见到者、身证者。属于修习分的经,就应当用这十二种人来解说。巴利
‘‘Bhāvanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ dvādasahi puggalehi niddisitabbaṃ sakadāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipannena, sakadāgāminā, anāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipannena, anāgāminā, antarāparinibbāyinā, upahaccaparinibbāyinā, asaṅkhāraparinibbāyinā, sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyinā , uddhaṃsotena akaniṭṭhagāminā, saddhāvimuttena, diṭṭhippattena, kāyasakkhinā cāti bhāvanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ imehi dvādasahi puggalehi niddisitabba’’nti –
已说。在那里也应当这样理解:属于七处经一部分、又属于修习分的这部经,应当取来解说。也就是:以一来道……(中略)……证得一来道之义的人,以一来者即一来果之义;以不还……(中略)……证得不还道之义,以不还者即不还果之义;在无烦天等五净居天中,没有超过寿量中位就证得阿罗汉、入般涅槃,这种性质的不还者,名叫中般涅槃者;超过寿量中位之后才证得阿罗汉、入般涅槃,这种性质的不还者,名叫生般涅槃者;不加功用、不需努力就证得阿罗汉、入般涅槃,这种性质的不还者,名叫无行般涅槃者;有加功用、需要努力才证得阿罗汉、入般涅槃,这种性质的不还者,名叫有行般涅槃者;从无烦天等以上,在无热天等诸天中次第上流而证得阿罗汉、入般涅槃,这种性质的不还者,名叫上流者;去到色究竟天后证得阿罗汉、入般涅槃,这种性质的不还者,名叫至色究竟天者;因为以信而解脱,名叫信解脱者;因为以见、以慧证得灭,名叫见到者;以身体触证诸无色定之后,现证涅槃,由于这样现证,名叫身证者——应当以这十一种得禅那的人,再加上前面所说的证道者,总共十二种人来解说。巴利
Vuttaṃ. Tatthāpi sattādhiṭṭhānekadesaṃ bhāvanābhāgiyaṃ suttanti gahetabbaṃ. Sakadā…pe… pannena sakadāgāmimaggaṭṭhena puggalena, sakadāgāminā sakadāgāmiphalaṭṭhena, anāgāmi…pe… pannena anāgāmimaggaṭṭhena, anāgāminā anāgāmiphalaṭṭhena, avihādīsu pañcasu suddhāvāsesu āyuvemajjhaṃ anatikkamitvā arahattaṃ patvā parinibbāyanasabhāvena antarāparinibbāyīnāmakena anāgāminā, āyuvemajjhaṃ atikkamitvā arahattaṃ patvā parinibbāyanasabhāvena upahaccaparinibbāyīnāmakena anāgāminā, asaṅkhārena appayogena arahattaṃ patvā parinibbāyanasabhāvena asaṅkhāraparinibbāyīnāmakena anāgāminā, sasaṅkhārena sappayogena arahattaṃ patvā parinibbāyanasabhāvena sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyīnāmakena anāgāminā, avihādīhi uddhaṃ atappādīsu upapattisotena arahattaṃ patvā parinibbāyanasabhāvena uddhaṃsotanāmakena anāgāminā, akaniṭṭhaṃ gantvā arahattaṃ patvā parinibbāyanasabhāvena akaniṭṭhagāmīnāmakena anāgāminā, saddhāya vimuttattā saddhāvimuttanāmakena anāgāminā, diṭṭhiyā paññāya nirodhaṃ pattattā diṭṭhippattanāmakena anāgāminā cāti imehi ekādasahi ajhānalābhīpuggalehi ca, kāyena nāmakāye phuṭṭhānaṃ arūpajhānānaṃ anantaraṃ nibbānaṃ sacchikaroti, iti sacchikaraṇato kāyasakkhīnāmakena jhānalābhinā cāti dvādasahi puggalehi niddisitabbaṃ.
对于这些所说类型的人,因为他们既是七处经的一部分,又属于修习分,所以导师确定说:属于七处经一部分的修习分经,应该用这些人来说明。这是我们所知道的。因为要回答“应该用多少种人来说明属于七处经一部分的无学分经”这个问题——巴利
Imesaṃ vuttappakārānaṃ puggalānaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānekadesatthattā ceva bhāvanābhāgiyatthattā ca sattādhiṭṭhānekadesaṃ bhāvanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ ettakehi puggalehi niddisitabbanti niyametvā ācariyena vibhattaṃ, amhehi ca ñātaṃ, ‘‘kittakehi puggalehi sattādhiṭṭhānekadesaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ niddisitabba’’nti vattabbattā –
属于无学分的那部经,应当用九种人来解说:信解脱者、慧解脱者、空解脱者、无相解脱者、无愿解脱者、俱分解脱者、等首者、独觉、正等觉——属于无学分的经,应当用这九种人来解说。巴利
‘‘Asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ navahi puggalehi niddisitabbaṃ saddhāvimuttena, paññāvimuttena, suññatavimuttena, animittavimuttena, appaṇihitavimuttena, ubhatobhāgavimuttena, samasīsinā, paccekabuddhehi, sammāsambuddhehi cāti asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ imehi navahi puggalehi niddisitabba’’nti –
已说。在这里,应当把属于无学分的那部经作为七处经的一部分来配属说明。在阿罗汉果的刹那,因为依靠信而从烦恼中解脱,所以是信解脱阿罗汉,这里用这位信解脱者来说明;在阿罗汉果的刹那,因为依靠慧而解脱,所以是慧解脱阿罗汉,这里用这位慧解脱者来说明;因为依靠称为空观的无我随观而解脱,所以是空解脱阿罗汉,这里用这位空解脱者来说明;因为依靠称为无相观的无常随观而解脱,所以是无相解脱阿罗汉,这里用这位无相解脱者来说明;因为依靠称为无愿观的苦随观而解脱,所以是无愿解脱阿罗汉,这里用这位无愿解脱者来说明;因为从色身和名身两方面都解脱,所以是俱分解脱阿罗汉,这里用这位俱分解脱者来说明。前面五种人是就未得禅那的人而说的,俱分解脱者则是就已得禅那的人而说的。巴利
Vuttaṃ . Tattha sattādhiṭṭhānekadesaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ niddisitabbanti yojetabbaṃ. Saddhāya kilesehi vimuttattā arahattaphalakkhaṇe saddhāvimutto arahā, tena saddhāvimuttena. Paññāya vimuttattā arahattaphalakkhaṇe paññāvimutto arahā, tena paññāvimuttena. Suññatavipassanāsaṅkhātena anattānupassanena vimuttattā suññatavimutto arahā, tena suññatavimuttena. Animittānupassanāsaṅkhātena aniccānupassanena vimuttattā animittavimutto arahā, tena animittavimuttena. Appaṇihitānupassanāsaṅkhātena dukkhānupassanena vimuttattā appaṇihitavimutto arahā, tena appaṇihitavimuttena. Ubhato rūpakāyanāmakāyato ubhatobhāgato vimuttattā ubhatobhāgavimutto arahā, tena ubhatobhāgavimuttena. Purimā pañca puggalā ajhānalābhino gahitā, ubhatobhāgavimutto pana jhānalābhīgahito.
名叫“等首”的有三种:威仪等首、病等首、命等首。在这三种等首当中,如果有阿拉汉在四种威仪中的某一种威仪里证得阿拉汉果,没有换到别的威仪,就在那一种威仪里般涅槃,这位阿拉汉就叫威仪等首。如果有阿拉汉在某种病生起时证得阿拉汉果,没有从那种病中恢复过来,就在那种病当中般涅槃,这位阿拉汉就叫病等首。如果有阿拉汉在省察路心之后沉入有分,紧接着就在临死速行路心之后般涅槃,这位阿拉汉因为路平等,就叫命等首。所谓路平等,是因为省察路心紧跟着道心路生起,所以省察路心之后生起的临死路心,也可以说是紧跟在道心路之后生起。因此,路的无间相续就叫路平等。以这个路平等,就说为命等首。巴利
Samasīsī nāma iriyāpathasamasīsī, rogasamasīsī, jīvitasamasīsīti tividhā honti. Imesu tīsu samasīsīsu yo arahā catūsu iriyāpathesu ekekasmiṃ iriyāpathe arahattaṃ patvā aññaṃ iriyāpathaṃ asaṅkamitvā tasmiṃ tasmiṃ iriyāpatheyeva parinibbāyati, ayaṃ arahā iriyāpathasamasīsī nāma. Yo arahā yasmiṃ roge uppanne arahattaṃ patvā tato rogato anuṭṭhahitvā tasmiṃ rogeyeva parinibbāyati, ayaṃ arahā rogasamasīsī nāma. Yo arahā paccavekkhaṇavīthiyānantaraṃ bhavaṅgaṃ otaritvā tato maraṇāsannajavanavīthiyānantarameva parinibbāyati, ayaṃ arahā vārasamatāya jīvitasamasīsī nāma. Vārasamatāti ca paccavekkhaṇavīthi maggavithyānuvattakattā paccavekkhaṇavīthianantaraṃ pavattamānāyapi maraṇāsannavīthi maggavīthianantaraṃ pavattāti vattabbārahā, tasmā vīthianantaratā vārasamatā nāma. Tāya vārasamatāya ca jīvitasamasīsī vutto.
“与无碍解智同时证得阿罗汉果”这句话里,也是在省察路心之后沉入有分,从有分出来以后,在转起的路心中生起无碍解智。按照前面所说的方式,因为路心无间相续、路心均等,所以说“与无碍解智同时”。应当知道,世尊的一切知智也是在省察路心之后沉入有分,从有分出来以后,在转起的路心中最先产生。以命等首者、一切独觉、一切正等觉——应当用这九种人来说明属于七处经一部分的无学分经。巴利
Saha paṭisambhidāhi arahattaṃ pāpuṇīti etthapi paccavekkhaṇavīthiyānantaraṃ bhavaṅgaṃ otaritvā bhavaṅgato vuṭṭhāya pavattavīthiyā paṭisambhidāñāṇāni pavattanti. Vuttanayena vīthianantaratāya vārasamatāya ‘‘saha paṭisambhidāhī’’ti vuttaṃ. Bhagavato sabbaññutaññāṇampi paccavekkhaṇavīthiyānantaraṃ bhavaṅgaṃ otaritvā bhavaṅgato vuṭṭhāya pavattavīthiyā paṭhamaṃ pavattatīti veditabbaṃ. Iminā jīvitasamasīsinā, sabbehi paccekabuddhehi, sabbehi sammāsambuddhehi cāti imehi navahi puggalehi sattādhiṭṭhānekadesaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ niddisitabbaṃ.
对于这些人来说,因为他们既是七处经一部分的所依,又是无学分经的所依,所以,当以“出世间经、七处”等方式如此宣说时,应当依据这二十六位圣者,通过见分经、习气分经、无学分经,来说明出世间经、七处经一部分的经。巴利
Imesaṃ puggalānaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānekadesatthattā ceva asekkhabhāgiyatthattā ca evaṃ iminā ‘‘lokuttaraṃ suttaṃ sattādhiṭṭhāna’’ntiādinā pakārena vuttehi imehi chabbīsatiyā puggalehi ariyehi dassanabhāgiyavāsanābhāgiyaasekkhabhāgiyasuttānaṃ vasena lokuttaraṃ suttaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānekadesaṃ suttaṃ niddisitabbaṃ.
这二十六种人,因为既是全部出世间经的义理所在,又是七所依处一部分经的义理所在,所以这部经就是出世间的、七所依处一部分的经。导师已经判定并分别说明:应当由这些人来解说。我们也已经知道这一点。由于需要说“世间的、七所依处一部分的经,应当由多少人来解说”,所以就说了“世间的经、七所依处,应当由十九种人来解说”等等。由于需要说“那十九种世间的人,应当由哪些法来解说、来考察”,所以就说了“他们由行”等等。那十九种世间的人,应当由行、由行的差别来解说、来考察。由于需要说“怎样由行来解说”,所以就说了“有些是贪行者”等等。这十九种世间的人,由贪行、嗔行等行来解说,也就是有些是贪行者,有些是嗔行者……乃至痴行者。这样,就应当由这些被解说的十九种人来解说世间的、七所依处一部分的经。虽然笼统地说是“世间的”,但应当特别理解为“属于杂染分的世间”。巴利
Imesaṃ chabbīsatiyā puggalānaṃ sakalalokuttarasuttatthattā ceva sattādhiṭṭhānekadesasuttatthattā ca lokuttaraṃ sattādhiṭṭhānekadesaṃ suttaṃ. Ettakehi puggalehi niddisitabbanti ācariyena niyametvā vibhattaṃ, amhehi ca ñātaṃ, ‘‘lokiyaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānekadesaṃ suttaṃ kittakehi puggalehi niddisitabba’’nti vattabbattā ‘‘lokiyaṃ suttaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānaṃ ekūnavīsatiyā puggalehi niddisitabba’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. ‘‘Te ekūnavīsati lokiyā puggalā katamehi dhammehi niddiṭṭhā samanvesitabbā’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘te caritehī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Te ekūnavīsati lokiyā puggalā caritehi caritavisesehi niddiṭṭhā samanvesitabbāti. ‘‘Kathaṃ caritehi niddiṭṭhā’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘keci rāgacaritā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Rāgacaritadosacaritādīhi caritehi ekūnavīsati lokiyapuggalā rāgacaritā, keci dosacaritā…pe… mohacarito cāti niddiṭṭhā. Iti niddiṭṭhehi imehi ekūnavīsatiyā puggalehi lokiyasattādhiṭṭhānekadesaṃ suttaṃ niddisitabbaṃ. ‘‘Lokiya’’nti sāmaññavasena vuttampi ‘‘saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ lokiya’’nti visesato viññātabbaṃ.
导师已经判定并分别说明:世俗的七所依处经的一部分,应当由这些人来解说。这一点我们也已经知道。因为需要说明“属于习气分的七所依处经的一部分,应当由哪些人来解说”,所以说了“属于习气分的”等话。应当这样连接起来理解:属于习气分的七所依处经的一部分,应当由具戒的人和法来解说。因为需要说明“具戒的人有多少”,所以说了“这些具戒的人有五种”。因为需要说明“法有多少”,所以说了“本性戒”等。这里说的是:本性具戒的人、受持具戒的人、心清净的人、有止的人、有观的人,这五种人;本性戒的法、受持戒的法、心清净的法、止的法、观的法,这五种法。应当由这五种人和这五种法,依次解说属于习气分的七所依处一部分、法所依处一部分的经。巴利
Lokiyaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānekadesaṃ suttaṃ ettakehi puggalehi niddisitabbanti ācariyena niyametvā vibhattaṃ, amhehi ca ñātaṃ, ‘‘vāsanābhāgiyaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānekadesaṃ suttaṃ katamehi puggalehi niddisitabba’’nti vattabbattā ‘‘vāsanābhāgiya’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Vāsanābhāgiyaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānekadesaṃ suttaṃ sīlavantehi puggalehi, dhammehi ca niddisitabbanti yojetabbaṃ. ‘‘Kittakā sīlavantapuggalā’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘te sīlavanto pañca puggalā’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Kittakā dhammā’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘pakatisīla’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – pakatisīlavanto ca samādānasīlavanto ca cittappasādavanto ca samathavanto ca vipassanāvanto cāti pañca puggalā, pakatisīladhammo ca samādānasīladhammo ca cittappasādadhammo ca samathadhammo ca vipassanādhammo cāti pañca dhammāti imehi pañcahi puggalehi, imehi pañcahi dhammehi vāsanābhāgiyaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānekadesadhammādhiṭṭhānekadesaṃ suttaṃ yathākkamaṃ niddisitabbanti.
导师已经判定并分别说明:出世间的七所依处经,应当用属于见分、习气分、无学分的经来解说。这一点我们也已经知道。因为需要说明“出世间的法所依处经应当用多少部经来解说”,所以说了“出世间的法所依处经……以属于无学分的”这样的话。巴利
Lokuttaraṃ sattādhiṭṭhānaṃ suttaṃ dassanabhāgiyavāsanābhāgiyaasekkhabhāgiyasuttehi niddisitabbanti ācariyena niyametvā vibhattaṃ, amhehi ca ñātaṃ, ‘‘lokuttaraṃ dhammādhiṭṭhānaṃ suttaṃ kittakehi suttehi niddisitabba’’nti vattabbattā ‘‘lokuttaraṃ suttaṃ dhammādhiṭṭhānaṃ…pe… asekkhabhāgiyenā’’ti vuttaṃ.
因为需要说明“世间与出世间的、依有情安立的与依法安立的,应当用多少种来解说”,所以说了“世间的……应当用两者来解说”。所谓“两者”,就是应当用世间与出世间、依有情安立与依法安立,按照它们意义相同这一点来解说。巴利
‘‘Lokiyañca lokuttarañca sattādhiṭṭhānañca dhammādhiṭṭhānañca kittakehi niddisitabba’’nti vattabbattā ‘‘lokiyañca…pe… ubhayena niddisitabba’’nti vuttaṃ. Ubhayenāti lokiyalokuttarena, sattādhiṭṭhānadhammādhiṭṭhānena samānatthabhāvena niddisitabbanti.
因为要说明“智应该用多少种方式来解说”,所以说了“智就是慧”等等。在哪一部经里出现了“智”,在那部经里就应该用智的同义词,比如慧等来解说。巴利
‘‘Ñāṇaṃ kittakehi niddisitabba’’nti vattabbattā ‘‘ñāṇaṃ paññāyā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Yasmiṃ yasmiṃ sutte ñāṇaṃ āgataṃ, tasmiṃ tasmiṃ sutte ñāṇaṃ ñāṇapariyāyena paññādinā niddisitabbanti.
因为要说明“所知应该以多少种方式来解说”,所以才说“所知以过去、未来、现在……”等等。无论在哪一部经里提到“所知”,在那部经里,“所知”都应该用“所知”的同义词来解说。巴利
‘‘Ñeyyaṃ kittakena niddisitabba’’nti vattabbattā ‘‘ñeyyaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannehī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Yasmiṃ yasmiṃ sutte ñeyyaṃ āgataṃ, tasmiṃ tasmiṃ sutte ñeyyaṃ ñeyyapariyāyena niddisitabbanti.
因为需要说明“智与所知应当如何解说”,所以才说了“智与所知应以那两者”等话。凡是哪部经里出现了智与所知,在那部经里,智与所知就应当以智与所知的同义词来解说。巴利
‘‘Ñāṇañca ñeyyañca kittakena niddisitabba’’nti vattabbattā ‘‘ñāṇañca ñeyyañca tadubhayenā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Yasmiṃ yasmiṃ sutte ñāṇañeyyā āgatā, tasmiṃ tasmiṃ sutte ñāṇañeyyā ñāṇañeyyapariyāyena niddisitabbanti.
在《见经》里怎么说的,就照着那样理解,然后根据实际能得到的义理来解说。在《修习经》里怎么说的,就照着那样理解,然后根据实际能得到的义理来解说。这两者——见和修习——在经里怎么说的,就照着那样理解,然后根据实际能得到的义理来解说。巴利
Dassanasutte yathā niddiṭṭhaṃ, tathā upadhārayitvā labbhamānato niddisitabbaṃ. Bhāvanāsutte yathā niddiṭṭhaṃ, tathā upadhārayitvā labbhamānato niddisitabbaṃ. Tadubhayaṃ dassanañca bhāvanā ca sutte yathā niddiṭṭhaṃ, tathā upadhārayitvā labbhamānato niddisitabbaṃ.
在“自说、他说”等地方也是一样,要依照经中已经明确解说的那样去理解,然后根据实际能成立的情况,或分别单独解说,或合在一起解说,应当这样来连接。因为应当说“只有这些应当解说”,所以说了“或复有”等话。巴利
‘‘Sakavacanaṃparavacana’’ntiādīsupi evameva visuṃ visuṃ ca ekato ca sutte yathā niddiṭṭhaṃ, tathā upadhārayitvā labbhamānato niddisitabbanti yojanā kātabbā. ‘‘Ettakameva niddisitabba’’nti vattabbattā ‘‘yaṃ vā panā’’tiādi vuttaṃ.
因为应当说“果报的因就是业本身”,所以说了“因有两种”等等。烦恼应当依照《杂染分经》以同义的方式来说明。被称为渴爱的集,或被称为烦恼的集,或被称为不善的集,应当依照《杂染分经》以同义的方式来说明。被称为世间善因的集,或被称为世间善法的集,应当依照《习气分经》以同义的方式来说明。巴利
‘‘Vipākassa hetu kammamevā’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘duvidho hetū’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Kilesā saṃkilesabhāgiyasuttena samānatthabhāvena niddisitabbā. Taṇhāsaṅkhāto samudayo vā kilesasaṅkhāto samudayo vā akusalasaṅkhāto samudayo vā saṃkilesabhāgiyena suttena samānatthabhāvena niddisitabbo. Lokiyakusalahetusaṅkhāto samudayo vā lokiyakusalasaṅkhāto samudayo vā vāsanābhāgiyena suttena samānatthabhāvena niddisitabbo.
业与果报,应当按各自相应的经文来指明,所以依共通性作了分别。由于应当说“善要由哪一部来指明”,因此说了“其中,善”等话。这里的“其中”,是指在那些二十八部教法建立经当中,善要由四部经以同义的方式来说明。由于应当说“由哪四部”,因此说了“由习气分”等话。世间善要由习气分来说明,因为两者意义相同;出世间善则要按情况,由见分、习气分和无学分来说明,因为各自意义相同。确定了善要由这些经来说明并作了分别之后,由于应当说“不善要由哪一部来指明”,因此说了“不善”等话。由于应当说“善与不善要由哪一部来指明”,因此说了“善与不善要由这两者来指明”。在哪一部经中出现了这两者,就应当用那部经中出现的这两者来指明。巴利
Kammañca vipāko ca yathārahaṃ labbhamānasuttena niddisitabboti sāmaññavasena vibhatto, ‘‘kusalaṃ katamena niddisitabba’’nti vattabbattā ‘‘tattha kusala’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tatthāti tesu aṭṭhavīsatiyā sāsanapaṭṭhānasuttesu kusalaṃ catūhi suttehi samānatthabhāvena niddisitabbaṃ. ‘‘Katamehi catūhī’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘vāsanābhāgiyenā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Lokiyakusalaṃ vāsanābhāgiyena niddisitabbaṃ samānatthattā, lokuttarakusalaṃ dassanabhāgiyena, vāsanābhāgiyena, asekkhabhāgiyena ca yathārahaṃ samānatthabhāvena niddisitabbaṃ. Kusalaṃ ettakehi niddisitabbanti niyametvā vibhattaṃ, ‘‘akusalaṃ katamena niddisitabba’’nti vattabbattā ‘‘akusala’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. ‘‘Kusalañca akusalañca katamena niddisitabba’’nti vattabbattā ‘‘kusalañca akusalañca tadubhayena niddisitabba’’nti vuttaṃ. Yasmiṃ yasmiṃ sutte tadubhayaṃ āgataṃ, tasmiṃ tasmiṃ sutte āgatena tadubhayena niddisitabbaṃ.
因为要说明“允许的东西应该用什么来指明”,所以讲了“允许”等这些话。允许的东西,应该依据世尊允许的共通性来指明。因为要说明“允许的东西有几种”,所以讲了“它有五种”等这些话。凡是某种允许的东西在哪些地方出现,那种允许的东西就应该依据那些地方所提到的、共通的、符合允许随顺的方式来指明。巴利
‘‘Anuññātaṃ katamena niddisitabba’’nti vattabbattā ‘‘anuññāta’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Anuññātaṃ bhagavato anuññātāya samānatāya niddisitabbaṃ. ‘‘Katividhaṃ anuññāta’’nti vattabbattā ‘‘taṃ pañcavidha’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Yaṃ anuññātaṃ yāsu yāsu bhūmīsu dissati, taṃ anuññātaṃ tāsu tāsu bhūmīsu āgatena samānena kappiyānulomena niddisitabbaṃ.
导师已经确定并区分了:允许的做法应该用什么来指明。因为接着要问“禁止的做法又该用什么来指明”,所以就说了“禁止的做法是世尊所禁止的”等话。世尊所禁止的做法,应该依据世尊禁止它的原因,用经中记载的事例,按因果关系的道理来指明。凡是某种被禁止的做法在哪些地方出现,那种被禁止的做法就应该用那些地方所记载的、明显的、顺着不合律的方式来说明。巴利
Anuññātaṃ iminā niddisitabbanti ācariyena niyametvā vibhattaṃ, ‘‘paṭikkhittaṃ katamena niddisitabba’’nti vattabbattā ‘‘paṭikkhittaṃ bhagavatā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Bhagavatā paṭikkhittaṃ bhagavatā paṭikkhittakāraṇena sutte āgatena vatthunā kāraṇaphalabhāvena niddisitabbaṃ. Yaṃ paṭikkhittaṃ yāsu yāsu bhūmīsu dissati, taṃ pana paṭikkhittaṃ tāsu tāsu bhūmīsu āgatena pākaṭena akappiyānulomena niddisitabbaṃ.
因为要回答“允许的和禁止的应该用什么来说明”,所以就说“允许的和禁止的应该用这两者来说明”。在哪一部经里出现了允许的和禁止的,就应该用那部经里出现的这两者来说明。巴利
‘‘Anuññātañca paṭikkhittañca katamena niddisitabba’’nti vattabbattā ‘‘anuññātañca paṭikkhittañca tadubhayena niddisitabba’’nti vuttaṃ. Yasmiṃ yasmiṃ sutte anuññātañca paṭikkhittañca āgataṃ, tasmiṃ tasmiṃ sutte āgatena tadubhayena niddisitabbaṃ.
因为要回答“称誉应当用什么来说明”,所以说了“称誉以赞叹”等话。在哪一部经里出现了哪一种赞叹,就应当根据那部经里出现的那种赞叹来说明称誉。因为要回答“以赞叹来说明的称誉,应当用几种来说明”,所以说了“它以五种”等话。应当知道有五种:对世尊的称誉、对法的称誉、对圣僧的称誉、对圣法之学的称誉,以及对世俗德行成就的称誉。这样,称誉就应当按上面所说的这五种来说明。巴利
‘‘Thavo katamena niddisitabbo’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘thavo pasaṃsāyā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Yasmiṃ yasmiṃ sutte yā yā pasaṃsā āgatā, tasmiṃ tasmiṃ sutte āgatāya tāya tāya pasaṃsāya thavo niddisitabbo. ‘‘Yo thavo pasaṃsāya niddisitabbo, so thavo katividhena niddisitabbo’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘so pañcavidhenā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Bhagavato thavo ca dhammassa thavo ca ariyasaṅghassa thavo ca ariyadhammānaṃ sikkhāya thavo ca lokiyaguṇasampattiyā thavo cāti pañcavidhena veditabbo. Iti evaṃ vuttappakārena pañcavidhena thavo niddisitabbo.
我们的导师说过,我们导师所说的十八个根本句,应该在教法建立中去看。因为有人会问“那十八个根本句是哪些”,所以说了“根地”等等。在教法建立中,根地就是信根等根地,应该用九句来说明;教法建立中的烦恼地,也应该用九句来说明。这样一来,这些根本句就以这种方式——九句是善句,九句是不善句——成为十八个根本句,应该在教法建立中去看。因为有人会问“凭什么知道十八个根本句应该在教法建立中去看”,所以说了“确实如此”等等。“确实如此”的意思是:正因为这十八个根本句应该在教法建立中去看,所以从“十八个根本句在哪里看?在教法建立中看”这句话就能知道。因为有人会问“怎么知道根本句以九善句和九不善句的方式成为十八个”,所以说了“因此”等等。正因为根本句有九善句和九不善句的性质,具寿大迦旃延才这样说:巴利
Amhākācariya amhākācariyena aṭṭhārasa mūlapadā sāsanapaṭṭhāne daṭṭhabbāti vuttā, ‘‘katamāni tāni aṭṭhārasa mūlapadānī’’ti pucchitabbattā ‘‘indriyabhūmī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Sāsanapaṭṭhāne indriyabhūmi saddhindriyādiindriyabhūmi yehi navahi padehi niddisitabbā, sāsanapaṭṭhāne kilesabhūmi yehi navahi padehi niddisitabbā, evaṃ iminā pakārena etāni mūlapadāni nava padāni kusalapadāni, nava padāni akusalapadānīti aṭṭhārasa mūlapadāni honti. Sāsanapaṭṭhāne daṭṭhabbā, ‘‘kena kāraṇena aṭṭhārasa mūlapadā sāsanapaṭṭhāne daṭṭhabbāti viññāyatī’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘tathā hī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tathā hīti tato eva aṭṭhārasamūlapadānaṃ sāsanapaṭṭhāne daṭṭhabbattā ‘‘aṭṭhārasa mūlapadā kuhiṃ daṭṭhabbā? Sāsanapaṭṭhāne’’ti yaṃ vacanaṃ vuttaṃ, tena vacanena viññāyatīti. ‘‘Kena mūlapadānaṃ navakusalapadanavaakusalapadabhāvena aṭṭhārasabhāvo viññāyatī’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘tenāhā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tena mūlapadānaṃ navakusalapadanavaakusalapadabhāvato āyasmā mahākaccāno –
善法以九句运作,不善这一类也以九句相应结合。
这些确实是根本句,共有十八句。巴利
‘‘Navahi ca padehi kusalā, navahi ca yujjanti akusalapakkhā; Ete kho mūlapadā, bhavanti aṭṭhārasa padānī’’ti. –
他说了“九句……句”这句话,由此就可以知道:根本句有九种善句和九种不善句,所以共有十八种。巴利
Yaṃ vacanaṃ āha, tena ‘‘navahi…pe… padānī’’ti vacanena mūlapadānaṃ navakusalapadanavaakusalapadabhāvena aṭṭhārasabhāvo viññāyatīti.
应当这样说:“导师所确定的教法安立,不论是属于杂染分的十六种,还是属于世间的二十八种,只有这么多才是圆满的;除此之外,不能再确定别的教法安立,再作什么配属、什么应用。”因此才说“相应的教法安立”。意思是:在导师已经确定的教法安立之外,如果还有别的教法安立被确定下来,那就应当把那些别的教法安立也相应地确定下来,该配属的就配属、该应用的就应用。巴利
‘‘Yaṃ yaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyādisoḷasavidhaṃ sāsanapaṭṭhānañceva yaṃ yaṃ lokiyādiaṭṭhavīsatividhaṃ sāsanapaṭṭhānañca ācariyena niddhāritaṃ, ettakameva paripuṇṇaṃ, aññaṃ sāsanapaṭṭhānaṃ niddhāretvā yuttaṃ yujjitabbaṃ natthī’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘niyuttaṃ sāsanapaṭṭhāna’’nti vuttaṃ. Yathāniddhāritasāsanapaṭṭhānato yaṃ yaṃ aññaṃ sāsanapaṭṭhānaṃ niddhāritaṃ atthi, taṃ taṃ aññaṃ sāsanapaṭṭhānaṃ niyuttaṃ yathārahaṃ niddhāretvā yuttaṃ yujjitabbanti attho gahetabboti.
有人应当这样问:从“世间所礼敬……中略……相应的教法安立”这一段所说的文句来看,这部《导论》是算圆满,还是不算圆满?所以接着说了“仅此而已”等话。尊者大迦旃延所说的这部《导论》,世尊随喜了;在根本结集中,那些结集的长老上首们所结集的这部《导论》,从“世间所礼敬……中略……相应的教法安立”这仅仅一段文句来说,就是圆满、完备的。巴利
‘‘Yaṃ loko pūjayate…pe… niyuttaṃ sāsanapaṭṭhānanti yattako vacanakkamo bhāsito, ettakena vacanakkamena kiṃ netti samattā, udāhu asamattā’’ti vattabbattā ‘‘ettāvatā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Āyasmatā mahākaccānena yā netti bhāsitā, bhagavatā sā netti anumoditā, mūlasaṅgītiyaṃ saṅgāyantehi therāsabhehi yā netti saṅgītā, sā netti ‘‘yaṃ loko pūjayate…pe… niyuttaṃ sāsanapaṭṭhāna’’nti ettāvatā vacanakkamena samattā paripuṇṇāva hoti.
这部《导论》是尊者大迦旃延所说的,世尊随喜认可的,在第一次结集时由诸位长老上首共同诵出的;而这部《导论》义注,则是由名为正法护的大法王师、大长老所造,名为《导论阐明》,是为了利益佛子们。在塞迦纪元九百二十六年萨瓦纳月白分第九日日出时分,圆满完成。巴利
Iti samattāya āyasmatā mahākaccānena bhāsitāya bhagavatā anumoditāya mūlasaṅgītiyaṃ saṅgāyantehi therāsabhehi saṅgītāya nettiyā atthavaṇṇanā saddhammapālanāmena mahādhammarājagurunā mahātherena racitā jinaputtānaṃ hitakarā nettivibhāvanā chabbīsādhikanavasate sakkarāje sāvaṇamāse sukkapakkhe navamadivase sūriyuggamanasamaye samattā.
就这样,在教法安立的十八种分类中,这部阐明是随顺自己的能力与力量而造的。巴利
Iti sāsanapaṭṭhāne sattibalānurūpā racitā vibhāvanā
一切众生中最尊贵的救护者、导师,出现在世间了。
正等觉者乔达摩,胜者,以无数功德庄严。
那位最胜者的教法,延续了八百多年;
当两千年到来时,那清净、兴盛、庄严的(教法)已圆满。
那时,那位大地之主、大法王,拥有大神通力;
他用教令之轮来调伏,国王让那些不服从的人归顺。
得到殊胜的白象之后,令世间人惊叹。
这位大精进者毫不放逸,做了福德善行后满心欢喜。
就在那一年萨瓦那月的第九天;
太阳升起的时候,这部《阐明》撰成了。
教法住世多久,愿我所造之论亦住世多久。
愿《导论阐明》长久住世,给佛子们带来利益。
就这样,我在撰写它时,获得了福德。
愿凭借这个威神力,一切众生都成为解脱的分享者。
王后、子孙,以及同族的亲属;
愿一切安住于王权之乐的人,都能快乐地行其所行。
愿天按时降雨,全国的人民都安乐。
彼此不互相伤害,愿成为彼此亲爱、带来利益的人。巴利
Sabbasattuttamo nātho, loke uppajji nāyako; Sambuddho gotamo jino, anekaguṇalaṅkato. Sāsanaṃ tassa seṭṭhassa, aṭṭhavassasatādhikaṃ; Dvisahassaṃ yadā pattaṃ, nimmalaṃ vaḍḍhanaṃ subhaṃ. Tadā bhūmissaro mahādhammarājā mahiddhiko; Āṇācakkena sāreti, rājā noanuvattake. Laddhā setagaje vare, loke vimhayajānake; Appamatto mahāvīro, puññaṃ katvābhimodati. Tasmiṃ vasseva sāvaṇe, māse navamadivase; Sūriyuggamane kāle, nibbattāyaṃ vibhāvanā. Yattakaṃ sāsanaṃ ṭhitaṃ, tattakaṃ racitaṃ mayā; Ṭhātu nettivibhāvanā, jinaputtahitāvahā. Iti taṃ racayantena, puññaṃ adhigataṃ mayā; Hontu tassānubhāvena, sabbe vimuttibhāgino. Rājadevī puttanattā, panattā ca sajātikā; Sabbe rajjasukhe ṭhatvā, carantu caritaṃ sukhī. Devo kāle suvassatu, sabbo raṭṭhajano sukhī; Aññamaññaṃ ahiṃsanto, piyo hotu hitāvahoti.